(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

»»rj^ -i^'- 




-•l 




The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate 
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved 
within a coeducational, supportive, residential 
setting through programs that develop 
communication and critical thinking skills; 
foster self-awareness while increasing 
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives; 
explore literary and scientific traditions; 
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social 
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness, 
gender equality, and an appreciation of 
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for 
the institutions of society. Each student is 
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues 
and traits of character that enable, ennoble, 
and emancipate the human spiiit while 
deepening commitment to those values that 
undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Nursing is accred- 
ited by the National League for Nursing. The 
Department of Chemistry is approved by the 
American Chemical Society to certify upon 
graduation those students who meet or exceed 
the requirements established by the Society 
for membership. The departments of Account- 
ing and Business Administration are accred- 
ited by the Association of Collegiate Business 
Schools and Programs. ? 



LYCOMINGCOLLEGE 



200 1 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 2001-2002 2 

Welcome to Lycoming 4 

The Campus 6 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Financial Matters 13 

Student Affairs 20 

Academic Policies And Regulations 23 

The Academic Program 30 

The Curriculum 50 

The Board of Trustees 169 

Administrative Staff/Faculty 170 

The Alumni Association 185 

Index 182 

Communication With 

Lycoming College 184 




The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 2001-02 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 2001 or the spring of 2002 are there-after 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students have the option of following their original 
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College 
always reserves the right to detennine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be 
subject to the requirements stated on page 3 1 . 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 



Academic Calendar 2001 - 2002 







Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 10 


December 14 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 24 at 10 a.m. 


January 6 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 25 at 10 a.m. 


January 6 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 27 


January 7 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 27 


January 7 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


August 31 


January 11 


Last day for drop/add 


August 31 


January 11 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


August 31 


January 11 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 5 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 15 


Mid-semester deficiency reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 8 


February 18 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 22 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 3 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 4 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 5 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 






ACADEMIC CALENDAR 




Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 26 


March 15 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 26 
November 14 


February 6 
April 3 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 20 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


November 25 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 26 




Final examinations begin 


December 10 


April 22 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 14 


April 26 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 14 


April 26 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 

Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m. 


May 5 


June 2 


July 7 


Classes begin 


May 6 


June 3 


Julys 


Last day for drop/add 


May 7 


June 5 


July 10 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 7 


June 5 


July 10 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 22 


June 24 


July 29 


Term ends 


May 31 


July 5 


August 9 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


May 31 


July 5 


August 9 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman First Weekend .... August 24, 25, 26 

New Student Convocation August 24 

Labor Day September 3 

(classes in session) 

Homecoming Weekend September 21-23 

Family Weekend September 28-30 

Admissions Open House October 6 

Long Weekend (no classes) . October 19,20,21 

Science Saturday October 27 

Admissions Open House November 10 

Thanksgiving Recess November 20-25 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Admissions Open House February 16 

Spring Recess February 22 - March 3 

Good Friday (no classes) March 29 

Accepted Students Day April 7 

Honors Convocation April 7 

Baccalaureate May 4 

Commencement May 5 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 27 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



Welcome To Lycoming College 




Lycoming College is a small liberal arts 
college dedicated to providing the type of 
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a 
supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized Lycoming as one of the top regional 
colleges in the United States. It is something 
that Lycoming alumni have quietly known for 
years. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 



committed to teaching. The average gradua- 
tion rate for first time freshmen is 70%. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, social sciences and 
natural sciences and depth of study in at least 
one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields, 
and a bachelor of science in three major fields. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, 
Lycoming students can study engineering, 
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology — while 
still enjoying the benefits of a small college 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



experience. They can also study at Oxford 
Brookes Univeristy in Oxford, England; 
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge, 
England; Regent's College in London, 
England; Lancaster University, Lancaster, 
England; CUEF Universite Stendhal-Grenoble 
3 in Grenoble, France; and Tandem Interna- 
tional School, Madrid, Spain; or spend a 
semester in Washington, D.C., or New York 
City through a number of other cooperative 
programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, commu- 
nication, government, health and social 
services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience 
rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. How- 
ever, students may take one course during 
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two 
courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important qualities 
of Lycoming is its feeling of community. 
Lycoming is a truly residential college where 
all students, with the exception of close 
commuters, live on campus in one of the 
College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by a 
variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 
theatre productions, participate in a nationally 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 




fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 1 9 different 
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

Students are admitted free to productions at 
the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Our Lady Peace and Brian 
Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and 
the site of its annual international champion- 
ship. The greater metro area has a population 
of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the 
state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 



History 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution has 
been, at one time or another, an elementary and 
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college 
and at present a four-year liberal arts college — 
going through three name changes in the 
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the 
Methodists (who bought it as a source of 
revenue), it is today an independent non- 
profit, private college, affiliated with the 
United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and 
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived 
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning 
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local 
popularity as the name of the county, a 
township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 




The Campus 



Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35- 
acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic 
field and football stadium lie a few blocks 
north of the main campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. An 
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983. 
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United 
Methodist Church in America, who made the 
circuit through the upper Susquehanna District 
in 1812, the year Lycoming (then the 
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors. 
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co- 
educational environment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms and 
a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residence life, and buildings and grounds. 
Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor 
of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most architec- 
turally impressive complex on campus, the 
Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Arena Theatre and Laboratories, and 
the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library 

(1968) — The library is named after the late 
state senator John G. Snowden. An active 
instruction program acquaints students with 
academic library strategies and supports their 
specific research in each discipline studied. 
Students become familiar with research 
methods using print materials, web accessed 
academic information resources, and other 
information technologies. The collection 
includes more than 180,000 volumes, approxi- 
mately 1 000 periodical titles, and a strong 
reference section suitable to an undergraduate 
education. The Snowden Memorial Library 
also serves as a partial depository for U.S. 
government publications and houses the 
archives of the Central Pennsylvania Confer- 
ence of the United Methodist Church and the 
College archives. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the north- 
west comer of the first floor of the John G. 
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery 
contains exhibits year-round, including shows 
of student work. 

Office of Communications Technology/ 
Computer Center (1969) — 

(www.lycoming.edu/dept/oct) Lycoming 
College provides at least one computer 
network access point in each classroom, 
office, and for each student on campus. 
Students have access to a variety of on- 
campus and worldwide resources through the 
network. 

The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a 
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 



2W)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office 2000 
(Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 
2000), Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The 
Graphics Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, 
PageMaker, Photoshop, Quark XPress, 
Illustrator, FrontPage 2000, and Macromedia 
Director and DreamWeaver. Laser printing 
and Zip drives are available in all labs, with 
scanning available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on 
the World Wide Web where our URL is 
http://www.lycoming.edu. Any student who 
is enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Web site and 
common files. These are backed up daily. 
Most academic departments maintain home 
pages and resources under the Lycoming 
College home page(s). Many faculty post 
departmental home pages and communicate 
with their students by e-mail 

Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. Students need properly configured 
computers to give them access to e-mail and 
the World Wide Web from their rooms. 

An IBM RS6000 running Unix provides 
access to a variety of different software 
packages to students in the Mathematical and 
Computer Sciences. 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she 
must compete the Residential Networking 
Access Account Application, contracting for 
the complete set of Internet Services. The 
access account fee is $15.00 per month. 
Applications are available on the Web at 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resapp.htm, in the 
Residence Life Office, the Telecommunica- 
tions Office, or in the Office of Communica- 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



tions Technology. For full instructions you can ' 
also go to www.lycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm. 

Video Conference Facility (1995) - The 

College maintains a specially equipped video- 
conference facility that provides access to 
courses, lectures and resources that would 
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of 
a consortium of schools that uses this tech- 
nology to enhance educational opportunities. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh 
and Windows NT graphic stations equipped 
with animation, photographic imaging, and 
paint and draw programs for both fine arts and 
commercial design students, along with 
desktop publishing and a number of other 
programs for general use. The programs are 
updated annually. 

Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) — 

Located in the lower level of the Academic 
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward, 
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a 
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all 
the medical equipment used by nurses. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the 
George Wendle family, a College benefactor, 
this building contains 21 classrooms, the 
psychology laboratories, four computer lab- 
oratories with 75 terminals available for use, 
and spacious Pennington Lounge, an infomial 
meeting place for students and faculty. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories 

(1968) — The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre, 
formerly known as the Arena Theatre until 
2000, theatre is one of the finest in the region. 
It includes projection facilities, scene and 
costume shops, a make-up room, and a 
multiple-use area known as the Down Stage, 
where one-act experimental plays are per- 
formed. The language, business, mathemat- 
ics, and physics laboratories are situated on 
the upper floors. The Detwiler Planetarium is 
located on the ground floor. 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors 
during the academic year. The Center offers 
workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Photograpliy Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities 
in the East. The three-level structure totals 
more than 63,000 square feet and contains 
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora- 
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science 
reading area and a greenhouse as well as 
classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha 
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall, 
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec- 
tronic music studio and faculty offices. 



Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admissions 
House is the oldest building on the campus. It 
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's 
home. John W. Long occupied it for the 
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick Wertz 
lived in the house from 1955 until 1965 when 
the College made the property at 325 
Grampian Boulevard the President's home. 
The building was then converted for use by 
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a 
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the 
department was relocated and the house was 
vacant until 1987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
'60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich 
family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administradve offices, including those of the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro- 
grams, College Relations, Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial 
Aid. It includes a reception area. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 

(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the main and private dining 
rooms, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, 
game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore, post 
office, student activities office. Career Develop- 
ment Center, Counseling Center, and student 
organization offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacity 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SAT or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1 st of the preceding year 
through April 1 st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding May 
1 st through December 1 st. 

Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 

5) Submit two personal letters of recommendation. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. 
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
will not transfer. Lycoming College will 
determine which courses are appropriate for 
transfer and is under no obligation to accept 
any course. Final determination of transfer 
credit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours must also 
submit high school transcripts. 



3) Submit the transfer student admission 
report (it will be sent to you upon 
application). 
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
level and up to 32 semester credits at the 
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
final 32 credits of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 
Challenge examinations may not be used to 
fulfill this requirement. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 24. 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 1 73 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $24,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $24,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1 ) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, please 
indicate it on a separate piece of paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SAT or ACT assessment may be waived. 

Readmission to the College 

All students who leave the College for one 
or more semesters must apply for readmission 
through the Office of the Registrar. Students 
will be notified by mail when readmission has 
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of 
$100 confirming their intention to re-matricu- 
late in order to receive registration materials. 
Students seeking residence must submit an 
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as 
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to 
make arrangements to reserve a room. These 
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do 
not attend Lycoming College the term for which 
readmittance is granted will be required to 
complete another readmission application when 
they desire to return. Students who return to 
the College after no more than one academic 
year has passed may retain the same require- 
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance. 
After one year, students will be required to 
complete the requirements currently imposed 
upon other students of the same academic level. 



Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1 st, or by Decem- 
ber 1 st for the following spring semester by 
submitting the appropriate deposit. Nonresi- 
dent, commuting students are required to submit 
a $100 Confirmation Deposit. Resident 
students are required to submit the $100 
Conflnnation Deposit, as well as a $ 1 00 Room 
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international 
applicants are required to submit all applicable 
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1 st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1 st for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

Incoming freshmen and upperclass transfer 
students are required to attend one of three 
summer orientation sessions with at least one 
parent before they enroll in the fall. The purpose 
of the program is to acquaint the new students 
and their parents more fully with the College so 
that they can begin their Lycoming experience 
under the most favorable circumstances. 
Students will take placement tests, meet their 
academic advisor, and preregister for fall 
classes. Information on orientation is mailed 
to new students after they confirm their 
intention to enroll. 

Withdrawal of Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING • FINANCIAL MATTERS 




Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
admissions counselor, who will provide 
additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For 
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920, 
ext. 4026 or (570)321-4026, or write the Office 
of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Williamsport, PA 17701. 

Office hours are: 
Weekdays 

September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 

May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays 

September through April: 9:00 a.m. 

to 1 2:00 noon 

May through August: appointments by request. 

200 1 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Financial Matters 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2001-2002 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The 
fees for each semester are payable approximately 
two weeks prior to the start of classes for the 
semester as indicated on the semester bill. 
Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $9,552.00 $19,104.00 

Room Rent $1,390.00 $2,780.00 

Board $1,298.00 $2,596.00 

Total $12,240.00 $24,480.00 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation Deposit $100 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $2,388 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee $80 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $210 

Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course .. $10 to $100 
Parking Permit (for the academic year). ... $60 
Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

School Nurse Practicum Fee $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $3* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge of 

$556 per semester. 

The tuition covers the regular course load of 
twelve to sixteen credits each semester excluding 
band, choir, theater practica and all scholars 
seminars. Resident students must board at the 
College unless, for extraordinary reasons, 

I LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



authorization is extended for other eating 
arrangements. If a double room is used as a 
single room, there is an additional charge of 
$556 per semester. The estimated cost for 
books and supplies is up to $800 per year, 
depending on the course of study. Special 
session (May Term and Summer Session) 
charges for tuition, room, and board are 
established during the fall semester. 
*$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled full-time students. No 
transcripts will be issued for a student or 
alumnus whose financial obligation to the 
college has not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Confirmation Deposit - All full-time students 
who have been notified of their admission to 
Lycoming College are required to make a 
$ 1 00 Confirmation Deposit to confirm their 
intention to matriculate. The Deposit is held 
until Graduation or until voluntary permanent 
termination of enrollment, at which time any 
remaining balance is refunded after all debts 
to the College have been satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$100 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 

Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva- 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the 
official withdrawal date is not later than 
May 1. 

Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or 
to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the fall 
semester bill. 



Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of 
College fees through various educational plans. 
Additional information may be obtained from 
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Associate Dean of the College or the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of 
calculating refunds shall be: the date, as 
determined by the institution, the student 
began the withdrawal process or provided 
official notification to the institution of his or 
her intent to withdraw; the midpoint of the 
payment period or period of enrollment if the 
student dropped out without notifying the 
institution; or the date, as determined by the 
institution, that the student withdrew due to 
illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuition, fees, room and 
board, less an administrative fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the follow- 
ing schedule: 





Refun 


d Charge 


During Week 1 


90% 


10% 


During Week 2 


85% 


15% 


During Week 3 


80% 


20% 


During Week 4 


70% 


30% 


During Week 5 


65% 


35% 


During Week 6 


60% 


40% 


During Week 7 


50% 


50% 


During Week 8 


45% 


55% 


During Week 9 


40% 


60% 


After 9th Week 


0% 


100% 



Comparative schedules apply to the May and 
Summer terms. 

The U. S. Department of Education 
requires that, for any student receiving federal 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



financial aid, the federal programs be 
refunded IN FULL in the following order: 
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan. Subsi- 
dized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Perkins 
Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell 
Grants. FSEOGs, other SFA Programs, and 
other federal, state, private, or institutional 
sources of aid prior to any refund being 
issued to the student. See Federal Funds 
Withdrawal Policy for further explanation on 
return of Federal Funds. State Grant pro- 
grams have varying regulations concerning 
refunds, but most will require at least a partial 
refund of the State Grant. If the student has 
received a Lycoming Grant, a pro-rated 
portion of the student's refund also will be 
repaid to the Lycoming Grant program. This 
will reduce, or in many cases eliminate, the 
amount of the refund the student otherwise 
would receive. Detailed examples are 
available from the Financial Aid Office. 

Full-time students who, after reducing 
their course loads, continue to be enrolled for 
12 to 16 semester hours are not eligible for a 
refund of tuition for an individual course. 
Students who register for extra hours in 
excess of 16 hours per semester and who later 
reduce their loads will be refunded the fee 
charged for overloads according to the above 
schedules. Students who enroll full-time and 
subsequently assume part-time status by 
reducing their loads below 12 hours, and part- 
time students who drop individual courses, 
will be refunded according to the above 
schedules for the semester hours dropped. 
The assumption of part-time status normally 
involves a substantial reduction of financial 
aid since most financial aid programs do not 
extend eligibility to part-time students. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
unpaid charges. Any balance remaining will 
be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until account is paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, aU costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 



FEDERAL FUNDS WITHDRAWAL POLICY 

Definitions 

Earned Title IV Funds: Title IV funds used to 
cover educational costs according to the length of 
time the student was enrolled before withdrawing. 
The amount of funds earned is directly propor- 
tional to the time enrolled, through 60% of the 
term. After 60%, the student is considered to have 
earned all aid. The earned Title IV funds percent- 
age is calculated by dividing the number of days 
completed up to the withdrawal date by the total 
days in the billing period. 

Unearned Title FV Funds: The amount of grant 
and loan assistance awarded under Title IV that 
has not been earned by the student. The law 
states the earned Title IV funds are to be used to 
cover the length of time the student was enrolled 
before withdrawing. Unearned Title IV funds must 
be returned to the programs. The unearned Title IV 
funds percentage is determined by subtracting the 
earned Title IV funds percentage from 1 00%. To 
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV funds, 
multiply total disbursed federal financial aid (3) by 
the unearned Title IV funds refund percentage. 

Withdraw date: The date the student began the 
withdrawal process; the date the student other- 
wise provided the school with official notification 
of the intent to withdraw; or for the student who 
does not begin the school's withdrawal process or 
notify the school of the intent to withdraw, the 
mid-point of the payment period or period of 
enrollment for which Title FV assistance was 
disbursed (unless the instiUition can document a 
later date). 

The responsibility to repay unearned Title FV 
funds is shared by the college and the student. 
The college's share is the lesser of: 
the total amount of unearned Title IV funds; or 
Institutional charges incurred for the billing period 
multiplied by the percentage of aid that was 
unearned: 

1 . Stafford, PLUS and Perkins loans. Pell Grant 
andSEOG 

2. A student is not eligible for a Title IV refund 
if he or she receives an "incomplete" status 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



-•1 



for coursework that can be, and is expected 
to be completed within a reasonable 
timeframe after the end of the billing period. 
Please refer to the college catalog for 
"incomplete" coursework deadlines. 
3. Total disbursed federal financial aid 
includes aid that was disbursed and aid that 
could have been disbursed as of the 
student's withdrawal date. 
The student's share is the difference 
between the unearned Title IV funds and the 
college's share. The college's share is 
allocated among the Title IV programs in the 
following order of return: 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal PERKINS Loan 

Federal PLUS Loan 

Federal Pell Grant 

Federal SEOG 

Other Title IV assistance for which a return 

of funds is required 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses in 
a new semester if their accounts for previous 
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas, 
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals 
in good standing are issued only when a satis- 
factory settlement of all financial obligations 
has been made in the Business Office. Final 
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid 
student accounts will be charged interest at the 
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end 
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. While 
some assistance is available to students regard- 
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary 
purpose of the College's financial aid program 
is to help qualified students of limited 
financial resources attend Lycoming College. 



Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of 
merit and/or need, while grants are provided 
solely on the basis of financial need. Long- 
term educational loans with favorable interest 
rates and repayment terms are available, as are 
part-time employment opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1 st, as appropriate 
income information becomes available, but by 
April 15. Although applications may be filed 
later, applicants can only receive consideration 
for remaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, students 
and families must complete the following steps 
for each year the student seeks assistance: 

1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

2. The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal income 
tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040ez, 1040PC, 
TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be sent to 
the Financial Aid Office. The tax returns 
required are for the year preceding the 
academic year in which the student seeks 
assistance. 

3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica- 
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 
Returning students should submit the 
Renewal FAFSA. 

4. PA residents can apply for state grant 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 

Basic ehgibility requirements for all federal 
programs are listed on the FAFSA application. 
Students are responsible for understanding the 
basic eligibility requirements. 

Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less than 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INANCIAL MATTERS 



full-time tuition. Credit is earned for some 
courses which are offered at no charge, includ- 
ing choir, band, theatre practica and all scholar 
seminars. Therefore, these credits would not 
be counted in the full-time tuition calculation. 
For financial aid purposes, a full-time student 
is enrolled in 12-16 billable semester hours. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten ( 10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 27). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue to 
receive financial assistance only if the student 
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and 
quantitative (credits completed) requirements 
listed below. 



of Sem. 


Min. Cum. GPA 


Min. Cr. Comp 


1 


1.50 


10 


2 


1.60 


20 


3 


1.70 


34 


4 


2.00 


48 


5 


2.00 


61 


6 


2.00 


74 


7 


2.00 


88 


8 


2.00 


102 


9 


2.00 


115 


10 


2.00 


128 



Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail 
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require- 
ment will be placed on financial aid probation. 
This allows one additional semester of course 
work to bring the academic record up to min- 
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min- 
imum after the probation period will result in a 
suspension of all (federal, state, and institu- 
tional) financial aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is measured 
annually and cumulatively by the Office of 
Financial Aid. Official notification of probation 
or suspension is made by the Office of Financial 
Aid. Students wishing to appeal his or her 
suspension of aid, and who have legitimate 
reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must put their 
request in writing to the Director of Financial 
Aid at least two weeks prior to the start of the 
semester for which the exception is sought. 
Students placed on Financial Aid Pro-bation for 
a period of two (2) consecutive sem-esters, and 
who have therefore been granted an appeal after 
the first probation semester, are pro- hibited from 
future appeals. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester of 
probation, eligibility for financial assistance will 
be cancelled automatically. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
determining eligibility for financial assistance 
and has absolutely no bearing on any determina- 
tion made by the Registrar and/or the Commit- 
tee on Academic Standards. 

College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing 
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholarships, 
grants and institutional loans. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to students 
to help meet their documented financial need. 
Renewal requires continued financial need as 
determined by Federal Methodology and/ or 
the financial aid director. Students should 



2(K)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HNANCIAL MATTERS 

m 



expect the Grant award to remain constant for 
each semester they are enrolled. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25% 
tuition are awarded to students preparing for 
the Christian ministry. Students must complete 
a pre-ministerial grant application available 
through the financial aid office. Students 
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other 
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholar-ship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Federal Grants 

Fell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with excep- 
tional financial need. Priority must be given 
to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are provided by 
the federal government. Funds are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state for availability of 
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges. 



Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan 

allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum i| 
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may ^ 
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually. 
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to a 
maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal 
government pays the interest while the student 
is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. The 
student begins to repay the loan (interest and 
principal) 6 months after leaving school. The 
interest rate for new borrowers is variable based 
on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 
8.25%. The rate is adjusted every July 1. 
Loan amounts are pro-rated for less than full- 
dme students. Eligibility is based on financial , 
need. | 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not 
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized 
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount 
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub- 
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the 
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled 
(check with your lender to see if interest 
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of 
the loan are similar to those under the Subsi- 
dized program. Independent students may be 
eligible for higher loan limits; contact the 
Financial Aid Office for more information. 
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date on 
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to the 
cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the student is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped at 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



9%. The interest rate is determined every July 1 
and is equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52- 
week T-Bill plus 3.1%. An application is 
available at your bank or other lending institu- 
tion. 

Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on campus 
for qualified students. Students receive pay- 
checks for work performed in the previous pay 
period. Based on documented need and awarded 
by the Financial Aid Office. Funding is limited. 
The student assumes full responsibility in 
locating a job. Returning students who wish to 
work the following year must have their name 
submitted to the Financial Aid Office by their 
supervisor before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is limited. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of the 
College for information on these opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children of 
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of both the 
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU 



Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are 
for dependent students of employees at partici- 
pating institutions of higher education. Students 
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
their sponsor institution for information regard- 
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply 
for all federal and state grants. If the student 
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts 
may be apphed toward room and board charges 
if the student resides in the dorms. If the 
student commutes, the grant amount is equal to 
tuition less federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and who 
are active, full members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the 
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded 
to the neediest students. The funds are 
provided by the United Methodist Church. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA 
of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



2(K)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



r 


r 

1 





Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through a 
composite of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling and Wellness Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Intramural Sports, Recreation, 
and Leisure Time Activity 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



identify their abilities and interests, set 
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningful connections 
between college and career is a goal of the 
Career Development Center. 

Counseling & Wellness Services 

Counseling Services assist students to ensure 
that their college experience is prosperous and 
rewarding. Professional, confidential services 
are provided at no direct charge to Lycoming 
students. Counseling Services are designed to 
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as to 
provide support for students' adjustment and 
transition to college life. Counseling Services 
also provide advocacy to individual students 
and student organizations, and they conduct 
outreach programs for the entire college 
community. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services focuses 
on the holistic care of the individual, health 
maintenance, and wellness through health 
education and prevention of illness. Educa- 
tional materials and instructional programs are 
available through the Student Health Services. 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on a 
daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania 
Department of Health, and the Centers for 
Disease Control (CDC). 



^A 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Community Service 

Community Service is an learning opportu- 
nity for students accomplished in conjunction 
with various agencies in the WiUiamsport area 
or college departments. This activity allows 
students to expand their knowledge about 
diverse individuals and communities. The 
outcome of such service promotes students' 
personal and social development as well as 
giving them an enhanced perspective of civic 
responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center, located in 
Asbury Hall, coordinates many service opportu- 
nities available to students, faculty, and staff in 
the greater WiUiamsport area. A number of the 
community service projects include Big 
Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for Humanity, the 
Literacy Project, a school tutoring program, 
Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt-A-Highway, 
Bloodmobile, Shephard of the Streets, and the 
CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a living/ 
learning environment to help each resident 
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming 
College requires all students to live in college 
housing and participate in the college board 
plan each of their four years. Married students, 
students residing with their parents within a 40 
mile radius, students living with their depen- 
dents, and students 23 years or older may 
request to be exempted from this policy. Such 
requests should be submitted in writing to the 
Dean of Student Affairs at least three weeks 
prior to the beginning of the semester for 
which students are requesting permission to 
live off campus. 

Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportuni- 
ties for participation. Through programs, 
leadership opportunities, and peer interactions, 
residents gain a sense of belonging to the 



campus community, acquire new knowledge 
and skills, have easy access to College services, 
make informed choices, and assume responsi- 
bility for themselves and their community. 

The residence halls are staffed with upperclass 
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs) 
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs 
provide infomiation, refer students to campus 
and local resources, help enforce College and 
community standards, use helping skills for 
students in need, and facilitate educational and 
social programs. Most importantly, RAs assist 
residents in the development and maintenance 
of strong, positive residence hall communities. 
The Residence Communities Association also 
encourages student participation and involve- 
ment in such areas as policy formulation, 
facility improvement, and general resident 
concerns. With the guidance and support of 
Residence Life staff, each resident is expected 
to become involved in promoting a positive 
learning environment in his or her community. 

Several different living options are avail- 
able for students in our eight residence halls. 
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen 
students in a co-educational environment 
encouraging students to develop class identity 
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer 
opportunities for co-educational housing, an 
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter 
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free 
area, and smoking environments. College 
Apartments are available to sophomores, 
juniors and seniors who meet specific grade 
requirements and who are in good disciplinary 
standing with the College. Additional 
infomiation is sent to students following their 
acceptance by the College. 

Athletics 

Athletics is an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and women 
student-athletes. 



2001 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Men can choose from football, soccer, cross 
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse, 
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women 
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse, 
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball, 
tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach 
volleyball, flag football, and soccer. 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered Campus 
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular 
programming is offered to the entire college 
community. CAB programming is designed 
to enhance the overall educational experience 
of students through the exposure to social, 
cultural, and recreational programs. Members 
of the staff in Student Activities also direct 
leadership training programs for the student 
government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook, 
and all registered student organizations. 

Religious Life 

The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The campus ministers are an integral part of 
campus life and are available to students who 
may need support, counsel, or direction. 



Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment 
of these goals. Students are expected to 
adhere to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Housing License in order to 
familiarize themselves with the policies 
governing student conduct. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 




academic policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies 
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so 
does not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is orga- 
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental 
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning 
that each course taken is considered to be 
equivalent to four semester hours of credit. 
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre 
practicum courses, which are offered for either 
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in 
departments that have elected to offer certain 
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three 
semester hours of credit. Furthermore, 



independent studies and internships carrying 
two semester hours of credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when enrolled 
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the 
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters, 
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May 
term, and two unit courses for each of the 
summer temis. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses (20 
semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were 
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the 
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted 
by the Dean of the College. Overloads are not 
permitted during the May and summer terms. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official tran- 
scripts only. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours), and 16 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic department 
will determine which tests they will accept 
and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam- 
inations may be taken after matriculation, new 
students who are competent in a given area are 
encouraged to take the examination of their 
choice before entering Lycoming so that the 
college will have the test scores available for 
registration advising for the first semester of 
enrollment. Students applying to the college 
for the first time should inform the Admis- 



sions Office that they have completed these 
tests and provide the official scores as part of 
their application packet. Continuing students 
must send official test scores to the Office of 
the Registrar and inform their academic 
advisors when examinations have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - Depend- 
ing upon the exam, a score of three or four is 
required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and 
have scores of five or above on the higher 
level examinations will be granted 32 credit 
hours; specific courses will be based on the 
examinations taken. Students who complete 
the full diploma but earn less than a score of 
five on all of the higher level examinations 
will be granted eight credits for each higher 
level examination completed with a grade of 
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac- 
tory or higher completion of the Theory of 
Knowledge requirement. Students who have 
completed the certificate will be granted credit 
based on the examinations taken. Subsidiary 
examinations will not be considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

College Level Examination Program 

(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of 
"B" or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



of 1974, as amended). The details of the College 
policy on student records and the procedures 
for gaining access to student records are 
contained in the current issue of the Student 
Handbook, which is available in the library and 
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students select 
their courses for the next semester and register 
their course selections in the Office of the 
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult- 
ation with the student's faculty advisor in order 
to insure that the course schedule is consistent 
with College requirements and student goals. 
After the registration period, any change in the 
student's course schedule must be approved by 
both the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for 
courses in which they are not formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
may drop any course without any record of 
such enrollment appearing on their permanent 
record, and they may add any course that is 
not closed. The permanent record will reflect 
the student's registration as of the conclusion 
of the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
withdraw from a course between the fifth day 
and the 9th week of classes must secure a 
withdrawal form from the Office of the 
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not 
computed in the grade point average. Students 
may not withdraw from courses after the 9th 
week of a semester and the comparable period 
during the May and summer terms. Students 
who stop attending a course (or courses) but 
do not withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 

In zero semester hour and two semester hour 
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last 
half of any semester, students may drop/add for 
a period of five days, effective with the mid- 
term date shown on the academic calendar. 
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester 
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur 



within 4 1/2 weeks of the beginning of the 
course. It is understood that the period of fime 
at the beginning of the semester will be 
identical, for example, a period of five days as 
indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-fime in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer I and II. It is not available for 
May Term. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree at 
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register 
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time 
or full-time basis. Students who register for 
less than 1 2 semester hours are considered to be 
enrolled part-time; students who register for 12 or 
more semester hours are considered to be 
enrolled full-time. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the College 
to continue study on a non-degree basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catcdog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register individuals who 
do not meet the standards of the College. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycoming 
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of 
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may 
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no 
additional charge. Laboratory and other special 
fees must be paid in full. Examinations, papers, 
and other evaluation devices are not required 
of auditors, but individual arrangements may be 
made to complete such exercises with consent 
of the instructor. The option to audit a course 
must be declared by the end of the drop/add 
period. Forms are available in the Registrar's 
Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Office of the Associate Dean of the 
College or the Assistant Dean for Freshmen. 
College personnel will explain the procedure 
to ensure that the student's financial and 
academic records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 



GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional 
letter symbols. These symbols and their 
definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA. 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



VY WITHDRAWAL — Signifies with- 
drawal from the course from the sixth day 
through the ninth week of the semester. 
Pluses and minuses may be awarded 
[except for A+, F-i-, or F- ) at the discretion 
of the instructor. The cumulative grade point 
average (GPA) is calculated by multiplying 
quality points by 
credits and 
dividing the 
total quality 
points by the 
total credits. A 
quality point is 
the unit of 
measurement of 
the quality of 
work done by 
the student. The 
cumulative GPA 
is not deter- 
mined by 
averaging 
semester GPA's. 

The grade point average for the major is 
calculated in the same way as the cumula- 
tive grade point average. A minimum of 
2.00 is required for the cumulative grade 
point average in the major to meet the 
requirements for graduation. 

Pass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
ENGL 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester and 
in no more than four unit courses during 
their undergraduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 
requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which 
are offered by other departments. (Instruc 
tor-designated courses are excepted from 
this limitation.) 





Quality Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1 .33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate 

a minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the grade 
point average. If a student selects P/F (with 
no designated minimum acceptance grade) 
and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will be 
recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted 
to an "F." 



2a) 1-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICffiS AND REGULATIONS 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received 
a passing grade in addition to those which 
they have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade 
Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsi- 
bility that falls within the professional 
judgment and expertise of each faculty 
member. Grades assess as accurately as 
possible a student's performance according to 
clear criteria provided in the course such as 
academic perfonnance, class attendance, and 
punctuality in submitting assignments. Student 
appeals of the final course grade must follow 
the three-step procedure outlined below. 

( 1 ) Within two weeks of the beginning of the 
semester following the conclusion of the 
course, the student should request an 
informal conference with the instructor to 
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve 
the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another faculty 
member in the department in instances 
involving the chairperson) within two 
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The 
student's request must include a written 
statement outlining the basis for the 
appeal. It is the function of the chairperson 
to determine the relevant facts and to 
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The 
decision regarding the course grade in 



question will be made by the instructor in 
consultation with the chairperson (or his/ 
her stand-in). The student will receive 
from the department chairperson written 
notification of the decision within one 
week of the meeting with the chairperson. 
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the depart- 
ment chairperson's written notification. In 
order to resolve the disagreement, the 
Dean will confer with the student and the 
instructor in private sessions, and may call 
additional witnesses. If the Dean is unable 
to accomplish a resolution, s/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards, which will make a 
final decision on the matter. The Dean will 
communicate in writing to the student and 
the instructor the final decision within 
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is 
the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 1 7 for related Financial Aid 
information. 



Year Semester 



Freshman 



Sophomore 



Junior 



Senior 



Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Fewer than 1 2 

At least 1 2 but fewer than 24 
At least 24 but fewer than 40 
At least 40 but fewer than 56 
At least 56 but fewer than 76 
At least 76 but fewer than 96 
At least 96 but fewer than 1 1 2 
More than 1 1 2 



ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Minimum 
lemester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

ewer than or equal to 1 6 1 .70 

nore than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .80 
ncMC than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90 
mrc than 48 2.00 

Probation 

Jtudents who do not meet the standards for 
50od academic standing at the end of one 
;emester will be placed on academic probation. 
Jtudents on academic probation are required to 
)ass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, 
f they have not already done so and are 
mcouraged to attend programs developed by 
he Freshman and Sophomore deans. 

^luspension 

students will be subject to suspension from the 
College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is 
below good standing for any two 
semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 or 
under in any one semester. 

rhe period of suspension will be for a mini- 
mum of one full semester, not including May 
erm or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from the 
College when: 

• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 



W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which the 
student fails to meet the academic standards 
listed above. The student will be notified of 
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such 
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's 
being placed on probation, suspension, or 
dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases of 
the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for the 
adjudication of cases of academic dishonesty are 
printed in The Faculty- Handbook and The 
Pathfinder (the student academic handbook), 
copies of which are available in the library. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 

Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 



2(K)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor .societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Nursing Sigma Theta Tau 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards three different | 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor oi 
Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing (B.S.N.). The degree in Nursing will 
he discontinued after 2003. For students 
wishing to do so, multiple degrees are possible. 
Candidates for multiple degrees must satisfy 
all requirements for each degree and earn a 
minimum of 40 units (160 semester hours). 
Students who have completed fewer than 40 
units but more than 32 units (128 semester 
hours), and who have completed all other 
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees | 
from Lycoming College will receive only one 
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the 
degree to be conferred. Completed majors 
will be posted to the transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2001-2002 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be 
subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have 
attained the same academic level. 

Students already possessing a baccalaure- 
ate degree who are returning for a second 
degree will be reviewed on an individiual 
basis by the Registrar and major department. 
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to 
the current catalog, must complete all major 
requirements and related prerequisites, and 
may be required to complete the distribution 
requirements. This does not apply to non- 
degree students in certificate-only programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students must complete the final 32 
emester hours of the degree program at 
.ycoming College. At least 16 semester 
ours in the major program must be taken at 
,ycoming. 

If a student interrupts his or her education 
ut returns to the College after no more than 
ne academic year has passed, he/she will 
stain the same requirements in effect at the 
[litial date of entrance. A student who 
withdraws from the College for more than one 
ear will, upon return, be required to complete 
tie requirements currently imposed upon other 
tudents of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies three official 
;raduation dates per calendar year: the May 
ommencement date for those students who 
omplete their degree requirements between 
anuary 1 and the conclusion of the Spring 
Semester; September 1 5 for those students who 
inish after the conclusion of the Spring 
lemester and by September 1 ; and January 1 
or those students who finish between 
Jeptember 1 and the conclusion of the Fall 
lemester. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
)ccurs in May. Students will be permitted to 
)articipate in the ceremony when (a) they 
lave finished all degree requirements as of the 
)receeding January 1 , have finished all degree 
equirements as of the May date, or have 
I plan approved by the Registrar for finishing 
)y September 1 of the same calendar year ; 
ind (b) they are in good academic standing at 
he conclusion of their last semester prior to 
he ceremony. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
ind/or policies listed in this Catalog must 
)e made by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 



THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Bachelor of Arts degree 
is conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. 
Athletic training courses or Military Science 
1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 



>(X)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is available 
to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, or 
Computer Science. Students may elect either 
the B.A. or the B.S. degree in these majors. 
The B.S. degree is appropriate for students 
planning further education in a graduate or 
professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistry, or Computer Science as 
described on page 68, 8 1 and 1 1 8 respec- 
tively. Students must pass every course 
required for the major and have a minimum 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic 
Training courses or Military Science Oil, 
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average of 



2.00. Additional credits beyond 128 semester 
hours may be completed provided that the mir 
imum 2.00 cumulative average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN NURSING 
DEGREE 

The program of sUidy leading to the Bachelor ' 
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to 
prepare men and women as beginning practitio-i 
ners of professional nursing, qualified for first- 
level positions in a variety of health settings and 
for graduate study in nursing. Upon satisfactory 
completion of the program, a graduate is eligibl 
to write the State Board of Nursing examinatior 
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal of 
the program is to develop a liberally-educated 
and self-directed individual who is prepared to 
contribute to the welfare of the nation through 
the practice of professional nursing, which 
supports the promotion and restoration of the 
health of individuals and families in a variety of 
settings. 

PROGRAM NOTE: The Bachelor of Science it 
Nursing degree will be discontinued as of 
August 2003. In order to enter the Nursing 
program, a student must complete all degree 
requirements (distribution, major, and electives 
by the end of August 2003. J 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expected 
to meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the Nursing major as described on 
page 1 30. Students must pass every course 
required for the major and have a minimum 
major grade point average of 2.00. , 

• Complete the distribution program. I 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative average 
of 2.00. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi- 
ties, Wellness and Community Service. 
Athletic training or Military Science 01 1, 

02 1 , 03 1 or 041 may satisfy this requirement. 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses (32 semester hours) offered for the 
degree at Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. 
Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P"* is recorded may not be used toward the 
fulfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 26 for an explanation of the 
grading system.) No more than two courses 
used to satisfy the distribution requirements 
may be selected from the same department, 
except for ENGL 105 and 106 or 107 and 
Foreign Language Courses numbered 
below 222. 

A course in any of the following distribu- 
tion requirements refers to a full-unit course 
(four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an approved 
off-campus program (such as those listed in 
the catalog sections titled COOPERATIVE 
PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS) or any approved course 
transferred from another institution. 



Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 41 . For information 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24. 

A. English - Students are required to pass 
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of 
the college's placement examination, and 
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL 
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman 
year unless the student does not successfully 
complete ENGL 1 05 during the first semester. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 
exempted on the basis of placement, and a 
course numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
four courses from History, Literature, includ- 
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or 
Religion. At least one course must be suc- 
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
MATH 106, 109, 112, 116, 123, 128, 129, 
130, or 214. The requirement of competence 
in basic algebra must be met before the end of 
the fourth semester or within one year of 
entry, whichever is later. Students that have 
not met this competency requirement before 
the final .semester of the applicable time 
period must register for MATH 100 in that 
semester. 

New students take the mathematics 
placement examination determined by the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a 
new-student orientation session. Those who 



20()I-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



do not pass this exam may take home a 
computerized study guide and take another 
exam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
College, a student may satisfy the basic 
algebra competence requirement by successful 
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of 
an approved course transferred from another 
college, or by passing a competence examina- 
tion administered by the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may 
take this examination only once during a 
semester and may be subject to a testing fee. 
No student will be permitted to take this 
examination while enrolled in MATH 100. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are 
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this 
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of 
the other general education requirements in 
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the 
cultural diversity requirement by successfully 
completing at least one full-time semester ( 1 2 
semester hours) in a college-accepted study 
abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
will be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 



ART 

BUSINESS 
ENGLISH 
FRENCH 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 222, 339 
BUS 244, 319 
ENGL 334 
FRN 228 



GERMAN 
HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S STUDIES 



GERM 221, 222 
HIST 120, 140, 220 
230, 240 

MUS 116, 128,234 
PSCI221,327, 340 
PSY 341 
REL 110,224, 
225, 226, 228 
SOC 229, 331,334, 
335, 336, 337 
SPAN 221, 222, 311 
THEA 114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST 200 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course. 

2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

• Successful completion of ENGL 1 06 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. Not all 
three can be from the same major. 

[II. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
;o be offered as writing intensive courses and 
nay be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 



ACCOUNTING 
\MERICAN STUDIES 
\RT 

ASTRONOMY 

BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 



ACCT 223, 224, 442 
HIST 443 
ART222, 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336, 339 
ASTR 230 
BIO 222, 224 
BUS 244, 330, 340, 
342,344,441 
CHEM 330, 331,332 
COMM 21 1,326 



:hemistry 

:ommunication 

:omputer science cptr 246, 247, 

346, 448 

:riminal justice 



ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION 
ENGLISH 



FRENCH 

3ERMAN 

HISTORY 



MATH 234 
MUS 336 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES 
VIATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 

MEAR EAST CULTURE ART 222 
NURSING NURS 22 

433, 435 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CJ 447, PHIL 2 18, 
SOC 222 
ECON 337, 440 
EDUC 343, 344, 447 
ENGL 225, 311, 
331,334,335,336, 
420 

FRN222 
GERM 431, 441 
HIST218, 230, 247, 
332, 335, 443, 449 
INST 449 



432/ 



PHILOSOPHY 



PHYSICS 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 
PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 



PHIL216, 217, 218, 
219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 336, 340 
PHYS 338, 447 
PSCI 334, 400 
PSY 225, 324, 333, 
431,432,436 
REL 230, 331,337 
SOC 222, 228, 229, 
230,331 
SPAN 323, 418, 
424, 426 
THEA212, 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

I. Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of course work selected from the 
following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Students are required to complete a series of 
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary 
(established or individual) major. Specific course 
requirements for each major offered by the 
College are listed in the curriculum section of 
this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or 
higher cumulative grade point average in the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Office of the Registrar, whereas 
individual interdisciplinary majors must be 
approved by the Committee on Curriculum 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Development. Students may complete more 
than one major, each of which will be recorded 
on the transcript. Students may be removed 
from major status if they are not making 
satisfactory progress in their major. This 
action is taken by the Dean of the College 
upon the recommendation of the department, 
coordinating committee (for established 
interdisciplinary majors), or Curriculum 
Development Committee (for individual 
interdisciplinary majors). The decision of the 
Dean of the College may be appealed to the 
Committee on Academic Standards by the 
student involved or by the recommending 
department or committee. Students pursuing 
majors in two different degrees are subject to 
the policy for dual degrees on page 29. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Nursing * 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

* The degree in Nursing will be 
discontinued after 2003. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Established Interdisciplinary Majors — The 

following established interdisciplinary majors . 
include course work in two or more departments; 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

Criminal Justice 

International Studies 

Literature 

Near East Culture and Archaeology 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique j 
to their needs and objectives and which combine! 
course work in more than one department. 
These majors are developed in consultation 
with students' faculty advisors and with a pan^ 
of faculty members from each of the sponsor- , 
ing departments. The applications are acted 
upon by the Curriculum Development Commili 
tee. The major normally consists of 10 courses 
beyond those taken to satisfy the distribution j 
requirements. Students are expected to completf 
at least six courses at the junior or senior level! 
Examples of individual interdisciplinary majon 
are: Legal Studies, Western History and 
Archaeology, Women and the Legal System, 
and Religion and Marketing. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's major.' 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major disci- 
pline is Art and the minor is Art History or 
their major is Biology and the minor is 
Environmental Science. (A discipline is any 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



course of study in which a student can 
major. Tracks within majors are not separate 
disciplines.) 

A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 
Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
ninor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
ignatures, and returning the completed form 
the Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
vill be indicated on their official transcript. 
Jtudents must meet the requirements for the 
ninor which are in effect at the time they 
leclare a minor or which are in effect subse- 
|uent to that time before they graduate. 

)epartinental Minors — Requirements for a 
lepartmental minor vary from department to 
lepartment. Students interested in pursuing a 
lepartmental minor should consult that 
lepartment for its policy regarding minors. 

)epartmental minors are available in the 
bllowing areas: 

ACCOUNTING 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
\STRONOMY 
5I0L0GY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General Management 
ZHEMISTRY 
:OMMUNICATION 
iCONOMICS 



ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre History and Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 
plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE, and WOMEN'S STUDIES. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes- 

sional Advising" in The Advising Program 

section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 



:0OI-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming 
College Teacher Education Certificate 
requirements. Students can be certified in 
elementary education or one or more of the 
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology, 
chemistry, English, French, general science 
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks), 
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See 
the Education Department listing on page 96. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo- 
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine; 
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around 
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of 
subject matter from the humanities, social 
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of 
undergraduate study is recommended before 
entry into a professional school; the normal 
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester (see page 45). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary 
major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 



recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC 
during their first semester (see page 45). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English, 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations (see page 45). 

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 
talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities 
of other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2(X)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOi 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



tie cooperative programs, admission to 
.ycoming and registration in the program of 
hoice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
rating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
tudents to the cooperative aspect of the 
irogram rests with the cooperating institution. 
Itudents who are interested in a cooperative 
irogram should contact the coordinator during 
lie first week of the first semester of their 
nroMment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
ilan their course programs in a manner that 
^ill ensure completion of required courses 
ccording to the schedule stipulated for the 
irogram. All cooperative programs require 
pecial coordination of course scheduling at 
.ycoming. 

engineering — Combining the advantages of 
. liberal arts education and the technical train- 
ng of an engineering curriculum, this program 
s offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva- 
lia State University and Washington Univer- 
ity at St. Louis. Students complete three years 
»f study at Lycoming and two years at the 
©operating university. Upon satisfactory 
ompletion of the first year of engineering 
tudies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts 
legree. When students successfully complete 
he second year of engineering studies, the 
ooperating university awards a Bachelor of 
Jcience degree in engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
ribution program and courses in physics, 
nathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 
lia State University offers aerospace, agricul- 
ural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, 
slectrical, engineering science, industrial, 
nechanical. mining and nuclear engineering, 
similar offerings are available at Washington 
Jniversity at St. Louis. 

i^'orestry or Environmental Studies — 

..ycoming College offers a cooperative 
)rogram with Duke University in environ- 
nental management and forestry. Qualified 
Itudents can earn the baccalaureate and master 



degrees in five years, spending three years at 
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All 
Lycoming distribution and major requirements 
must be completed by the end of the junior 
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by 
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional 
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
An undergraduate major in one of the natural 
sciences, social sciences, or business may 
provide good preparation for the programs at 
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate 
concentration will be considered for admission. 
All students need at least two courses each in 
biology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
month session of field work in natural resource 
management. They must complete a total of 
48 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
uate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate 
work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science program followed by a clinical 
internship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 



001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



electing the cooperative program normally 
study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution require- 
ments, a major, and requirements of the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current 
requirements of the NAACLS are: four 
courses in chemistry (one of which must be 
either organic or biochemistry); four courses 
in biology (including courses in microbiology 
and immunology), and one course in 
mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine 
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer, 
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at 
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology 
and chemistry successfully completed during 
the clinical internship. Successful completion 
of the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 



may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years all 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates fo 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during th( 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or anothe; 
college of optometry to matriculate following! 
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro- 
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming 
College, the student will complete 24 unit 
courses, including all distribution require- 
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes- 
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation 
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat- 
ics. During the first year of study at the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the 
student will take 39 semester hours of basic 
science courses in addition to introductions to 
optometry and health care. Successful comple- 
tion of the first year of professional training wil 
complete the course requirements for the B.A. 
degree at Lycoming College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



*odiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
lay either seek admission to a college of 
odiatric medicine upon completion of the 
[achelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
rated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
im Program (APMEC). The latter program 
rovides an opportunity for students to 
ualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
)hio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
fter three years of study at Lycoming. At 
.ycoming, students in the APMEC program 
lust successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
icluding the distribution requirements and a 
asic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
hysics, and mathematics. During the first 
ear of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
lust successfully complete a program of basic 
cience courses and an introduction to podiatry. 
Successful completion of the first year of 
irofessional training will contribute toward the 
ulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Jachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
tiajor in biology will be allowed to complete a 
nodified major which will exempt them from 
wo biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
'lant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
najor requires the successful completion of 
he initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
nedicine should indicate their intentions to 
he Health Professions Advisory Committee. 

J.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
I!orps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
)rovides an opportunity for Lycoming 
tudents to enroll in R.O.T.C. Lycoming 
lotes enrollment in and successful completion 
)f the program on student transcripts. Mili- 
ary Science is a four-year program divided 
nto a basic course given during the freshman 
ind sophomore years and an advanced course 
;iven during the junior and senior years, 
students who have not completed the basic 
;ourse may qualify for the advanced course by 



completing summer camp between the sopho- 
more and junior years. Students enrolled in 
the advanced course receive an annual stipend 
of $ 1 ,000. One course each in written commu- 
nication, human behavior, and military history 
will fulfill the professional military education 
requirements. R.O.T.C. scholarship cadets 
must also complete one semester of a foreign 
language. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer camp 
between the junior and senior years will qualify 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 
the United States Army upon graduation, and 
will incur a service obligation in the active 
Army or Army Reserves. The only expense 
to the student for this program is the $75 uni- 
form deposit, which is refundable, less costs. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth 
course each semester at no additional cost. In 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 

Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 



1001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In 
addition, the following distribution require- 
ments must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs 

A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre: 
THEA 1 14 or higher, excluding THEA 148; 
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 
412, 441 or 442; Literature: Any Enghsh 
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or 
Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. 
Placement at the appropriate course level will 



be determined by the faculty of the Department t 
of Foreign Languages and Literamres. Scholar? 
who have completed two or more years of a 
given language in high school are not admittet 
for credit to the elementary course in the same 
foreign language except by written permissior 
of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass 
four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English litera- 
ture course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of Foreig: 
Languages and Literatures (French, German, ( 
Spanish); Philosophy: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Religion: any course numbered 
222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least ! 
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106, 
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 116, 128, 129, 130, o 

214. 

F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratory courses from the follow- 
ing: Astronomy/Physics: any course numbere 
1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered 
1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any course num- 
bered 1 1 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Econorr 
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 o 
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220, 
229, 300 or higher. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required 
to pass one designated course which introduce 
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct 
from the dominant western culture. Approaches 
to study may be artistic, historical, sociologica 
anthropological, international, psychological, 
or issues oriented. The course selected to 
fulfill this requirement may also be used to 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



atisfy one of the other general education 
^quirements in the hberal arts. 

. Writing Across the Curriculum. This 
squirement is the same as that stipulated by 
le College for all students. 

. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu- 
lity Service. This requirement is the same as 
tiat stipulated by the College for all students. 

C. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
lught interdisciplinary seminars are held every 
emester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Icholar Council. They meet for one hour each 
/eek (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
redit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
tudents' performance. Lycoming Scholars are 
equired to successfully complete five seminars 
nd they are permitted to register for as many 
s eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
elected by the Scholar Council and announced 
lefore spring registration of the previous year. 
Itudents must be accepted into the Scholar 
*rogram before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar. 
Icholars are strongly urged to register for a 
3ast one seminar during the freshman year. 

J. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
cholars must successfully complete an 
ndependent studies or departmental honors 
iroject which has been approved in advance 
>y the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Icholar Council. This project must be 
(resented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
leminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

^I. Major — Scholars must complete a 
najor and 32 units (128 semester hours), 
:xclusive of the Senior Scholar Seminar. 

^ote to Transfer Students — In the case of 
ransfer students and those who seek to enter 
he program after their freshman year and in 
)ther cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
nvolve special or extraordinary circum- 
tances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
he scholar distribution requirements provided 



that in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
ments would still satisfy the regular College 
distribution requirements. 

Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the Manage- 
ment Scholars Program, a student must satisfy 
the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
moreof the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or permit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary 
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS 
departments. The seminars are offered as one 
semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming College 
Scholars may also become Management 
Scholars and participate in both programs. 



001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Nursing Scholars Program 

The Department of Nursing offers a program 
for those students who excel academically. 
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student 
must: 

a. Demonstrate continued participation in 
activities sponsored by the Center for 
Nursing Excellence (CNE). 

b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both 
overall college work and within the nursing 
major. 

c. Successfully complete an approved intern- 
ship, practicum, or independent or honors 
study. 

d. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming 
a professional nurse, including a commit- 
ment to the profession and community 
service. 

Students who are Lycoming College Scholars 
may become Nursing Scholars and participate 
in both programs. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 



mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions! 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the ■ 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. • 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement i; 
clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in a 
regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 

Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and professional 
aspirations. The student can draw upon their 
years of experience to resolve questions about 
social adjustment, workload, study skills, 
tutoring and more. Perhaps the member of the 
faculty with the most impact on a student is 
the academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate informa- 
tion about requirements, programs and career 
options. Advisors help students to identify 
other campus resources. Health Services can 
supply counseling support for students with 
personal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
must choose a major and select an advisor 
from the major department. The new advisor, 
while serving as a resource, can best advise 
that student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to 
contribute to students' development in yet 
another way. They insist that students assume 
full responsibility for their decisions and 
academic progress. By doing so, they help to 
prepare them for the harder choices and 
responsibilities of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in 
the Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of the 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 96. 



Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. See also descriptions of the 
nursing program and of the cooperative 
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology. 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Students interested in pre-law should register 
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit- 
tee (LPAC) during their first semester and 
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus. 
LPAC assists the pre-law student through 
advising, compilation of recommendations, 
and dissemination of information and materi- 
als about law and the legal profession. The 
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and 
field trips including visits to law school 
campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students who plan to investigate the religious 
vocations should register with the Theological 
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 
nate internships for students who desire 
practical experience in the parish ministry or 
related areas. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT SERVICES 
Academic Resource Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel Hartsock, Director 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 

the second floor of the Fine Arts Building, 

provides a variety of free services to the 

campus community. 

Writing Center — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Tutors use questioning 
techniques to help others improve 
individual papers while developing 
confidence and independence as writers. 
Other services include the Paper File, a 
file of graded essays maintained by 
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place 
for writers to work; self-paced, computer 
assisted typing instruction; and the 
Documentation Style Manual for use 
when citing sources on research projects. 
Tutoring Center — The ARC provides 
one-on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign 
languages, and sciences on a walk-in 
basis and peer tutoring by arrangement in 
other subjects. Tutors assist students 
with homework assignments and exam 
review. 

Survival Skills Program — The ARC 

and volunteer faculty conduct a group of 
study skills workshops on time manage- 
ment, note-taking from lectures, reading 
textbooks, successful study techniques 
and Microsoft Word. 

100 

SUCCESS SKILLS WORKSHOP 
A seven-week course, the workshop intro- 
duces students to a variety of topics important 
to student success. Among these are time 
management, learning styles, motivation, 
highlighting text, note-taking, and word- 
processing. Topics will be selected to meet 
students' needs. ARC 100 is highly recom- 
mended for students who, in consultation with 



their academic advisors, choose to improve 
their academic skills. This noncredit course 
will be graded on a pass/fail basis. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 

Freshman Orientation — The purpose 
of this required program is to acquaint 
new students and their families more 
fully with the College so that they can 
begin their Lycoming experience under 
the most favorable circumstances. 
Students sit for placement tests, confer 
with their academic advisors, preregister 
for fall classes, and become acquainted 
with their classmates. 

First Weekend — Begins the day 
freshmen arrive with New Student 
Convocation. The weekend activities 
include academic success, career, library 
and financial aid workshops along with 
social events. 

Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an acces- 
sible resource to resolving problems, 
developing solutions, coordinating 
services and enabling student success. 
Student and Family newsletters are 
provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean assists 
Sophomore Class Officers in planning events, 
consults with students on a variety of personal 
and social concerns, surveys the Class to learn 
their opinions about the Freshman Year at 
Lycoming, and engages in a variety of other 
activities involving the welfare of our sopho- 
more students. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

May Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimental 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring semesters 
and summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
addition to the courses themselves, attractions 
include less formal classes and reduced tuition 
rates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing and 
Advertising. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross- 
Cultural Psychology in Greece and Italy, 
Intensive Language/Cultural Study and 
Community Service in Mexico, Tropical Marine 
Biology in Jamaica, and Nursing in England. 
A Business internship opportunity to study 
and work in England for six weeks is offered 
on a biannual basis. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc- 
cessive five-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester courses. 



Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An 
independent studies project may either 
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely 
different from any catalog course. In order for 
a student to be registered in any independent 
study course, the following conditions must be 
satisfied: 

1 ) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies 

course. 

3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects which do not duplicate catalog 
courses is subject to the following: 

• Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
exceptions to these two rules must be ap- 
proved by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 

Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 
At least one-half of the effort expended by the 
intern should consist of academic work related 
to agency situations. The objectives of the 
internship program are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be earned 
through internships, practica, and/or student 
teaching. Guidelines for program develop- 
ment, assignment of tasks and academic 
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports, 
grades, etc., are established in consultation with 
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 



Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 
and Psychology. These courses require 10 to 
1 2 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary 
education or one or more of the following 
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with biology 
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math- 
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and 
Spanish. 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. (See Education Department on page 
96 for course listing.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



rhe Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
ind administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
\ssociation. 

iVashington Semester — With the consent of 
he Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
;tudy in Washington, D.C., at The American 
Jniversity for one semester. They may 
:hoose from seven different programs: 
\Vashington Semester. Urban Semester, 
foreign Policy Semester, International 
Development Semester, Economic Policy 
Semester, Science and Technology Semester, 
)r American Studies Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
:onsent of either the Department of History or 
i'olitical Science and the Registrar, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a first- 
land acquaintance with the world organiza- 
ion. Students with special interests in world 
listory, international relations, law, and 
Dolitics are eligible to participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

rhis program is available to eligible students 
3n a competitive basis. The program is co- 
;ponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
:ontact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored 
by affiliates or other institutions. Students 
who intend to study abroad must have a 
cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or 
higher. Study abroad opportunities range from 
summer sessions to a full semester or aca- 



demic year overseas. All overseas programs 
require prior approval from the students' 
major departments, the Study Abroad Coordi- 
nator, and the Registrar. Applications are 
available in the Office of the Registrar. 

Before embarking on an overseas learning 
experience, students should review the study 
abroad materials in the Career Development 
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
must identify any additional program require- 
ments such as fluency in a foreign language. 

A limited number of competitive grants for 
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
available. Application forms are posted on the 
College's home page under Academic 
Programs, Study Abroad. For more details, 
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator. 
Lycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
package. 

Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop- 
erative arrangements with six institutions 
overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
(Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
Stendhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France), 
Lancaster University (Lake District, England), 
Oxford Brookes University (Oxford, England) 
Regent's College (London, England), and 
Tandem Escuela Intemacional (Madrid, 
Spain). Course offerings vary at each institu- 
tion, contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for 
details. Students interested in the programs 
Grenoble and at Tandem should contact the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions 

Lycoming students have taken advantage of 
opportunities offered by other institutions in 
countries such as Australia, the Czech 
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico, 
New Zealand, Spain, and Sweden. Informa- 
tion regarding these and other programs are 
available in the Career Development Center, 
the Department of Foreign Languages and 



2001-0: ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMDIC PROGRAM • CURRICULUM 




Curriculum 



Literatures, and from the Study Abroad 
Coordinator. 

Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 
teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of 
students engaged in or en route to or from any 
off-campus studies or activities which are not 
under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 
Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 
Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 
Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses | 
offered on a limited basis I 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses i! 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 

Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study I 

Numbers 490-49 1 Independent Study for 
Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1 , 2, 3 or 4 as determined by 
department 

Courses not in sequence are listed 
separately, as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intemiediate French 

FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students have 
the right of access to all courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (AccT) 

\ssociate Professor: Kuhns 
\ssistant Professors: Slocum, 
Wienecke (Chairperson) 

The purpose of the accounting major is to 
lelp prepare the student for a career within the 
iccounting profession. In order to satisfy the 
leeds of an extremely diverse profession, the 
najor in accounting consists of three separate 
racks. Track I is designed for students with 
m interest in accounting for the informational 
leeds of managers including business entities, 
ion-profit entities and internal auditing, 
rhis track will provide excellent preparation 
for the Certified Management Accounting 
;CMA) exam. Track II is a 128 semester hour 
Drogram and is designed to meet the require- 
ments of the Pennsylvania State Board of 
Accountancy for those students whose goal is 
:o become Certified Public Accountants in 
Pennsylvania. Track III is a 150 semester 
tiour program designed to meet the 1 50 hour 
requirement of the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accounts for those students 
whose goal is to become a member of the 
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 
Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
Certified Public Accounting Examination are 
advised to check with their State Board of 
Accounting to assure that they have completed 
all courses required for C.P.A. licensure. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 440, 443; BUS 223, 
228, 244, 312, 320, 338, 441; ECON 1 10 or 
111; MATH 123 

Track requirements: 

I. Management Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 224, 444, and either 449 or 
470-479; BUS 339 

II. Financial Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 345, 436, 441 ; one course from 
ACCT 224, 442, and either 449 or 
470-479, or BUS 345 




III. Financial Accounting - 150 hours: 

ACCT 224, 345, 436, 441, 442, 447, and 
either 449 or 470-479; BUS 235, 236; 
ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1 ; one course from SOC 
orPSY 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ACCT 223, 224, 
442. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 1 and four other account- 
ing courses as determined by the student's 
interests. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 

110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed 
on managerial problem-solving techniques 
and the analysis of the results. Accounting 
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume 
profit relationships, managerial control 
processes and the use of computers as aids to 
decision-making are studied. Students will 
gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. 

224 

COST AND BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

Application of cost accounting and bud- 
getary theory to decision making in the area of 
make or buy, expansion of production and 
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



internal control and information systems. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 123. 

344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting theory 
exists. An examination of the basic postulates, 
that underlie financial statements and a 
critique of what financial reporting means. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment of 
auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 

I 2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



opinions on the fairness of financial statements 
are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, MATH 
123, and BUS 320. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
problems involving determination of income 
and deductions, capital gains and losses, 
computation and payment of taxes through 
withholding at the source and through declara- 
tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of 
instructor. 

443 

ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

444 

CONTROLLERSHIP 

Control process in the organization. 
General systems theory, financial control 
systems, centralization-decentralization, 
performance measurement and evaluation, 
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, produc- 
tion and finance models for control purposes. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 224 or consent of 
instructor. 



447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and 
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 443. One -half unit of credit. 

449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manage- 
rial and Public Accounting positions in order 
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2(K)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciphnary major is designed to offer, 
within a hberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10, 223, 224, 344, 345, 441, 442. In math- 
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR 
125, 321 and MATH 1 12, 128, 129, 338 and 
either 123 or 332. Recommended courses 
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223, 
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON 
1 10, 11 1; PSY 224, 225; and SOC 1 10. 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator) 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame- 
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial 
career. Students obtain the necessary math- 
ematical background for the first actuarial 
exam and two or three exams beyond the 
first one. Students also obtain some back- 
ground in accounting, economics, and business 
which is needed for an actuarial career. At the 
time of completion of all major requirements, 
or shortly thereafter, a student should be 
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina- 
tions of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences, 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128, 

129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338. 
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; one 
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 

130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 441; 
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken 
during the junior and/or senior years; success- 
ful completion of any one of the Society of 
Actuaries Examinations (typically either the 
course 100 or course 1 10 Examinations) by 
the end of the junior year. ■ 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108; 
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231, 
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that 
the student complete as many of the actuarial 
examinations as possible prior to graduation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



AMERICAN STUDIES 




AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a compre- 
hensive program in American civihzation which 
introduces students to the complexities under- 
lying the development of America and its cont- 
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
these courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1 . AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 

(First semester of major study) 

2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 

3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 
Methodology (junior or senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in the 
core courses. They focus particular attention 
on areas most germane to academic and 
vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 



breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ENGL 222 — American Literature I 
ENGL 223 — American Literature II 
MUS 128 — American Music 
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History to 1877 
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History since 1877 
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 
PSCI 335 — Law and Society 
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 95. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri- 
can civilization with special attention to the 
interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 

NEAR EAST 

Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The Archaeology and Culture of the 
Ancient Near East interdisciplinary major is 
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle 
of Western civilization." The major requires 
completion of ten courses relevant to the study 
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern 
worlds from the following courses, which are 
described in their departmental sections: 

1 . Two courses in archaeology from: 
REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 
Plus one additional course in 
archaeology from: 
REL 401 Field Archaeology (based on 
an excavation trip or 
internship) 
REL N80-89 Independent Study project 
in archaeology 



2. Four courses in culture from: 
ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Ar 
HIST 210 Ancient History 
REL 1 13 Old Testament Faith and Histoi 
REL 224 Judaism and Islam 
REL 228 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 

3. Two semesters of foreign language from: 
HEBR 101-102Old Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek or 
Latin may be substituted) 

4. Two courses in related departments, subject 
to advance approval by the supervisory 
committee. These courses may be taken 
from the fields of anthropology, art, eco 
nomics, geology, history, literature, philoso- 
phy, political science or religion (or other 
related fields); they can be taken as inde- 
pendent study projects. Topics should be 
relevant to some aspect of ancient or 
modem Near Eastem or Greco-Roman study. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 




ART (ART) 



Professors: Bogle, Shipley, 
Associate Professors: Golahny, 

Estomin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Goodyear 
Part-time Instructor: Stemgold 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, successfully complete each 
semester's colloquium (while a declared 
major), and successfully complete the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may he made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227. Introduction to 
Photography, will be based on the experience 
of the student and determined by the faculty of 



the Art Department. Students who place out 
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography 
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in 
photography. In addition, students placed into 
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV, 
Commercial Design, will be required to take 
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for 
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive 
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students 
specializing in Track VI, Photography/ 
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media; 
ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging; or an 
approved independent study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling 

ART 2 12 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 

• 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221 — Drawing II 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for 

Print Media 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media, OR 
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 
Commercial Design 
ART 470 — Internship 

A student is encouraged to take the follow- 
ing courses: ART 431, Advanced Digital 
Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 344, 
Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing; 
COMM 323, Feature Writing for Special 
Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of 
Communication; and PSY 224, Social 
Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 
area of specialization is recommended for those 
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol- 
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy. 
ART 119 — Ceramics I 
ART 220 — Painting I 
ART 225 — Sculpture I 
ART 228 — Printmaking I 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
higher. 

Students planning to complete the K- 12 art 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 3 1 — History and Practice of Art 
Education 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447 448 and 449 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to 
take EDUC 232, 239, and ART 343. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 342 — Photography III 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
ART 431 — Advanced Digital Imaging, OR 
ART 446 — Studio Research 
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media, 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336, and 339. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 
Art History majors (once declared) are 
required to participate in each semester's art 
colloquium. 

Required of all students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the 
Renaissance through the 
Modem Age 



^» 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



p 



ART 



^RT 447 — Art History Research 

\RT 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

\RT 310 — History /Practice Art Education 
\RT 331 — 20th Century European Art 
\RT 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
\RT 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
\RT 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
^RT 336 — Art of the Baroque 
\RT 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

^RT 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

\RT 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

^RT 116 — Figure Modeling I 

\RT 227 — Introduction to Photography 

rwo Additional Courses Outside the Art 
Department: 

Students must take at least two additional 
:ourses in the areas of History, Literature, 
rheater or Religion. Students should select 
these courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
ART 222, 339. Students must check semester 
:lass schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer- 
cial Design: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 and 
343: Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 11, 212,223, 
227. 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 116. 225, 
226, 335, and 111,1 19 or 445; Art History: 
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history 
courses. Art majors who minor in art history 

20()l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



must take two additional upper level courses 
beyond the two required for the minor intended 
for students who major in other disciplines (i.e., 
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses). 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic structures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART 111. 

222 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON- WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment; 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 



226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 
will be a requirement to cast one of the works 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consent 
of instructor. 

227 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 

PRINTMAKING I i 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints i 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: \ 
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II I 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on ' 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as I 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: i 
ART 119. I 

310 I 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE J 

OF ART EDUCATION j 

This course concerns the teaching of art, | 
from the distant past to the present. Topics I 
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its j 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson I 

planning; and teaching methods. Course work 
includes observation of art classes in elemen- 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



30 

AINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
mphasis is placed on individual style and 
chnique. Artists and movements in art are 
udied. No limitations as to painting media, 
ibject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220. 

31 

3TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
,ND AMERICAN ART 

Developments in European and American 
.rt from about 1 880 to the present, including 
ubism, Dada, Surrealism, Abstraction, 
,bstract Expressionism, Photorealism, and 
ost-Modemism. 

33 

9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

J^D AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
tates from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
aiming in France. Those artists to be studied 
iclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
npressionists, Tumer, Homer, Cole and Eakins. 

34 

.RT OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
riotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, 
"itian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
ihiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
rchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

35 

CULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
mphasis is on advanced technical process, 
'asting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
/ill be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
ite: ART225. 

36 

VRT OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
n Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on 
Jernini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with 



special attention given to the expressive, nar- 
rative, and painterly styles present in their art. 

337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Introduc- 
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued 
growth in technical expertise including 
instruction in photo art processes such as 
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/ 
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual 
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq- 
uisite: ART 227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or 
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing 
the computer to enhance and manipulate 
students' original photographs, and introduc- 
tion to large format view cameras. Integration 
of tools to students' own artistic process 
emphasized. A portfolio including examples 
of color, image processing and large format 
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 
227, 337. and 343. 

343 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study 
of image manipulation, illustration and layout 



001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



programs. Content of course includes funda- 
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra- 
phy, design, layout, color separation, and 
manipulating computer images obtained from 
scanners, video sources, and the students' own 
original production using computer paint 
software. Prerequisite: ART 227 and either 
ART 111 or 115: or consent of instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive art, 
creation of 2-D computer animation, digital 
sound editing, Web design and CD-ROM 
production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING 

This course continues the study of the 
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is 
the capstone course for those Photography/ 
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the 
majority of their senior show work in the 
digital media. Students learn advanced 
imaging techniques, work with digital cam- 
eras, use scanners as "cameras," combine 
traditional and digital photography, and 
experiment with a variety of printing processes 
and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 



440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques ano 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation witf 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART\ 
330. i 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commercia 
design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate traditiona 
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers, 
colored pencils and ink pens. The following 
skills are involved: illustration, photography, 
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays, 
scanning color separation, matching and 
proofing and preparation of files for a service 
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisite: ART 116, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research in an elective studio 
area, conducted under the supervision of the 
appropriate faculty member, includes creation 
of work which may be incorporated in the 
senior group exhibition. Student works in 
private studio assigned by the department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



17 

RT HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
ipervision of the appropriate faculty mem- 
;r, includes the research and writing of a 
esis, to be presented to a committee of Art 
epartment faculty. This course may be 
'peatedfor credit. 

18, 248, 348 and 448 
RT COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
udents and invited professionals discuss and 
itique specific art projects. Required of all 
udents majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
r. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail, 
on -credit seminar. 

♦9 

RT PRACTICUM 

his course offers students internship experi- 
ice in commercial design or commercial 
dotography with companies and organiza- 
ons. Students work at least 10 hours per 
eek for a sponsoring company and attend 
;minar sessions on issues relevant to their 
ork assignments. Students must apply 
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
lacement before pre-registration to be 
ligible for this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 
r consent of instructor. 

70-479 

VITERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the 
ft nouveau, lithography, photography, 
ottery, problems in illustration, and water- 
olor. 

90-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MWmi 



ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 
Fisher, Wolfe 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary school 
teacher of general science. The major in physics 
can prepare students for graduate work in 
physics, astronomy, and related physical 
sciences, for the cooperative program in 
engineering, for state certification as secondary 
school teachers of physics, or for technical 
positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 12 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; CHEM 110-111 
or 330-331; and MATH 128-129. Astronomy 
majors are also required to register for four 
semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit 
colloquia). 

The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can be 
satisfied by doing an individual studies or honors 
project where the results would be presented at a 
departmental colloquium. A double major in 
astronomy and physics need only take the course 
once. Students participating in an engineering 3- 
2 program will be exempt from taking ASTR 448. 



001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 95. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: ASTR 230. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of 
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225 
plus any three additional courses selected from 
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or 
higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR 
101 and 111 share the same three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratory each week. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTR III has one additional hour each week 
for more advanced mathematical treatment of 
the material. Credit may not be earned for bot 
101 and 111. Corequisite for HI: MATH 127 
or consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and interne 
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past 
events and lifeforms can be reconstructed from 
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic histo 
of our planet from its origin to the present. 
Describes the ways geology influences our 
environment. ASTR 102 and 1 12 share the sar 
three hours of lecture and two hours of labora- 
tory each week. 112 has one additional hour 
each week for more advanced mathematical 
treatment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite for 
1 12: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA vide( 
and other audio-visual aids. Examination of 
scientific, engineering and political motivation; 
When taken in May term, must be scheduled wi\ 
ASTR 1 15. Not for distribution. Alternate years. 
One-half unit of credit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II ' 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test 
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current 
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of 
NASA video. Examination of scientific, 
engineering, and political motivations. When 
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with AST 
114. Not for distribution. Alternate years. One 
half unit of credit. 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
planetarium programming, operation 
and maintenance. Students are required to 
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
are eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
101 or 111. Ahe mate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
including the major planets, their satellites, the 
minor planets, and comets. Topics include 
meteorological processes in atmospheres, 
geological processes that shape surface features, 
internal structures, the role of spacecraft in the 
exploration of the solar system, and clues to 
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar 
system. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: a grade ofCor better in ASTR 
in or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four- vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 



Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational fields. 
Introduction to the n-body problem. The 
relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 
225. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUTA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, and 
related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must present 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two semes- 
ters and present one lecture during their junior 
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 
332, 448 and four additional courses num- 
bered PHYS 333 or higher; CHEM 110-1 1 1 or 
330-331; and MATH 128-129. Physics 
majors are also required to register for four 
semesters of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit 
colloquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students participat- 
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking PHYS 448. 

Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111, 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
of the four physics electives. The following 
courses are recommended: MATH 23 1 , 238; 
CPTR 1 25 (all three required for the coopera- 
tive engineering program and by many 
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 95. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: PHYS 338, 447. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 



Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional 
course selected from PHYS courses numbered 
300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist's definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available 
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible future 
developments. Projections of possible future 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in j 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization, i 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 

PHYSICAL UNIVERSE , 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the past 
several centuries, relating them to their broad 
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive 
rather than a mathematical discussion of 
topics which range from early Greek concepts 
of science to present day methods and 
techniques used to describe the physical 
universe. Many distinctions and similarities 
between science and other areas of human 
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the 
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of 
some of the basic laws which govern the 
universe. Three hours of lecture and two 
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years. 

llS-116 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS III 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric- 
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Core- 
quisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent of 
department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto- 
tiian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or 
better in PHYS 225. 

332 

ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter. 
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 

OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 



problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat flow 
equation and Laplace's equation. Prerequisites: 
MA TH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be presented, 
showing that the macroscopic properties of a 
system can be specified without a knowledge of the 
microscopic properties of the constituents of the 
system. Then statistical mechanics will be 
developed, showing that these same macroscopic 
properties are determined by the microscopic 
properties. Four hours of lecture and recitation 
per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 226 cmd MATH 
129. Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that led 
to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four 
hours of lecture and one-three hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a 
grade of C or better in PHYS 226. 

339 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS 

Topics include crystalline structures, periodic 
potentials, band structure, free electron model, 
semiconductor physics, electromagnetic and 
thermal properties of solids, superconductivity, 
and superfluidity. Four hours of lecture and 
three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
sites: PHYS 332 and MATH 129; or consent of 
instructor. Alternate vears. 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation ot the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 andPHYS225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and formulation of quantum 
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic 
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central 
force problems will be discussed. Both time- 
independent and time-dependent perturbation 
theory will be covered. Four hours of lecture 
and recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 
or CHEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed 
as CHEM 439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS 338 
or CHEM 110. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 



department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 

own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two lectures, 
one given during the junior year and one given 
during the senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to attend 
four semesters during the junior and senior 
years. A letter grade will be given when the 
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will ' 
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in 
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to ' 
attend two semesters and present one lecture | 
during their junior year. Non-credit course. One\ 
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449. \ 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 

Professors: Angstadt, Diehl, 
Zimmerman (Chairperson) 
Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria 
\ssistant Professors: Briggs, Newman 

The Department of Biology offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
available in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 1 10-1 1 1 as a prerequisite for all 
jpper level biology courses. 

rhe B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
:omplete the 13 course major which consists 
Df BIO 110, 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
3ne course in Biology numbered 328 or higher 
^excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from 
CHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional 
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical 
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or 
MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or above. In 
addition, juniors and seniors are required to 
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non- 
:redit colloquium) for a maximum of four 
semesters and complete the capstone experi- 
ences described below. Enrollment in student 
teaching and/or other similar off-campus 
academic experiences will be accepted by the 
department in lieu of that semester's collo- 



quium requirement. Only two courses 
numbered below 221 may count toward the 
major. Declared Biology majors may substi- 
tute BIO 1 06- 1 07 for BIO 1 1 0- 1 1 1 with 
written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
and pass three courses chosen in any combina- 
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above 
(including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200 
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH 
127 or above. Students electing to graduate 
with a B.S. must complete the capstone 
experiences listed below. 

Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the 
Academic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
contact the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: BIO 222, 224. 
Students should check semester class sched- 
ules to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the following 
three criteria. 
1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 



20()l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 
work. (Summer experiences, Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are required 
to successfully complete Biology 
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all 
their semesters on campus. During their 
final year, students will research a 
biological topic and make an oral 
presentation at the Biology Colloquium. 
This will provide the student with the 
basic level of information literacy in the 
biological science. 

3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. ORE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 
If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester. 



a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PS Y 1 38, the Pre-Student Teaching Part- 
icipation, and the Professional Semester 
(EDUC 446, 447 and 449). Students may 
choose EDUC 232 and/or EDUC 239 as 
Education electives. 

b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108; 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR i 
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. i 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the completion 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two intro- 
ductory biology courses). At least two of these 
must be from the series of courses BIO 222, 
224, 225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science consists 
of two introductory biology courses (one of 
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two addi- ■ 
tional courses numbered 200 or higher, one 
course in economics (recommended ECON 
225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Environment! 
Science must complete all requirements of the 
biology major. In addition, they need to complel 
BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225, ASTR 1 12, an 
one course selected from either ECON 240, 
SOC 229, or an advanced biology course (328 
or higher). 

Clean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a foruir 
for the natural resource heritage of North Central 
Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna River and its 
major tributaries (Pine, Loyalsock, Lycoming, 
and Muncy Creeks). The institute provides a 
service not only to Lycoming College students, 
through coordination of Environmental intern- 
ships, practica (BIO 401) and independent 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOQi 



BIOLOGY 



Study/honors projects, but also the community. 
This may include seminars or workshops on 
environmental issues as well as monitoring 
assistance to watershed groups. 

106 

CELLS, GENES AND SOCIETY 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
everyday life. The primary goal of this course 
is to improve recognition and understanding 
of the implications of biology in health care, 
agriculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 106 
and 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
BIO 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
three hour lab per week. 
1 

107 

ANATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes study 
of the complementary nature of form and 
function, as well as study of the levels of 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, compre- 
hend, and appreciate current articles on this 
subject in the popular press. Students learn 
the names, structure, and general functions of 
the major organs of the body. Animal dissec- 
tion is optional. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 106 and 111. BIO 102 is not a pre- 
requisite to BIO 106. Three hours of lecture 
and one-three hour laboratory per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107 
and III. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratoiy per week. 



213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
1 15 or 220, or consent of instructor. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an exami- 
nation of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO 
1 10. This course is not a substitute for BIO 111 
for majors. 

Ill 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. 

224 

ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn- 
thetic organisms; classification systems and 
plant identification, and human uses of plants. 
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 11. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include 
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: One year of introductory 
level biology, one year of chemistry or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 32 1 . 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given 
to the identification and physiology of microor- 
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their 
economic importance, and industrial applica- 
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
1 10- III. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 226. 

323 

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
and reproductive systems. Three hours of 



lecture and one three-hour laboratory per wee 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 

328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with freshwate 
ecosystems. Studies will include a survey of th 
plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as the 
physical and chemical characteristics of water th 
influence their distribution. Several local field 
trips and an extended field trip to a field statior 
will familiarize students with the diversity of 
habitats and techniques of limnologists. Alter- 
nate years. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY .] 

A field-oriented course where students stud' 
the creatures of the fringing reefs, barrier reefs 
lagoons, turtlegrass beds and mangrove swamf 
at a tropical marine laboratory. Studies will 
include survey of plankton, invertebrates, and ' 
fish as well as the physical and chemical 
characteristics that influence their distribution. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate May 
terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce physio- 
logically active substances that are important tc 
humans and animals. Major themes include: 
Mechanisms and symptoms of poisoning, and 
plant chemicals with useful physiological 
effects. Laboratory topics include plant j 

classification and techniques for compound | 
identification. Three hours of lecture and one i 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites 
BIO 110-11 1, or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY | 

Comparative study of the invertebrate phyla 
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology, 
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Prerequi 
site: BIO 1 lO-1 1 1. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



1338 

Human anatomy 

I An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. The 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. 
Computer simulated dissection software 
packages are used extensively. Video presenta- 
tions of cadaver dissections and a video disk 
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
study. Prerequisites: BIO 110 and 1 U. 

340 

PLANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
animals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
influence plants. Topics include evolution of 
herbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on 
individuals and communities, and types of 
plant defenses. We will also discuss how 
animals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
tages and disadvantages of monophagous and 
polyphagous lifestyles, different types of 
herbivores and herbivore damage, and 
mutualisms between plants and their herbi- 
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO 110-111, or consent of instructor Alter- 
nate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. Alternate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite: 
BIO IIO-III. Alternate years. 



346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. The 
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc- 
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern 
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines 
produced by recombinant DNA and other 
technologies. Course content will also include a 
description of how viruses are used as tools for 
genetic engineering and for studying cellular 
processes like membrane signal transduction, 
regulation of genetic expression and oncogenesis 
(cancer). Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 1 0-11 1 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. Charac- 
terization of and relationships between antigens, 
haptens, and antibodies are presented. Serologi- 
cal assays will include: agglutination, precipita- 
tions, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one hour 
of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
110-111. Alternate years. 

348 

ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the role 
of the endocrine hormones in the integration of 
body functions. This is followed by a study of 
the control of hormone synthesis and release, 
and a consideration of the mechanisms by 
which hormones accomplish their effects on 
target organs. Two three-hour lecture/labora- 
tory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110- 
111. Alternate vears. 



200 1 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the 
Department and a public or private agency. 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly 
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per 
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic 
work will include, but is not limited to: a log, 
readings, recitation and an assigned research 
paper related to the specific agency's activi- 
ties. May be repeated once for credit with 
permission of the instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 
A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 
science. Students work on projects jointly 
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
public or private agency. The practicum is 
designed to integrate classroom theory with 
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency or project. Academic work includes, 
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
and an assigned research paper related to the 
specific agency or project activity. May be 
repeated once for credit with pennission of the 
instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal organs 
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given 
to the progressive modification of organs from 
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 



structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110- 
111. A It e mate years. 

435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic unil 
of life. Topics will include: origins of cellular 
life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac- 
tions, cellular membranes, intracellular commu- 
nication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell 
motility, protein sorting, distribution and 
secretion. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one 
semester of organic chemistry. Alternate years. 

436 

EVOLUTION I 

The study of the origin and modification of 
hfe on earth. Topics discussed include molecu- 
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow, ! 
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection,' 
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and 
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy ,j 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1 and one 
semester of organic chemistry. 

439 j 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



BIOLOGY 



somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
tic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. 
May term only. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 
importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various 
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ- 
isms. Consideration will be given to repair 
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Tlrree 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato- 
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10- 111, 
one year of chemi.stry. Alternate years. 

446 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 

A study of plant resource acquisition in the 
face of competing neighbors and the quickly 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



changing global environment. The course will 
focus on how differences in the environment 
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi- 
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: Bio 1 1 0-1 1 1 and 225. 
Alternate years 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biological 
sciences using techniques such as meeting and 
talking with active researchers, reading a nd 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete colloquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department of 
Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine or 
rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professors: Henninger (Chairperson), 

Weaver 
Assistant Professors: Sterngold, Toncar 
Part-time Instructor: Larrabee 

This major is designed to educate students 
about business and management functions in 
both commercial and non-commercial 
organizations. The program provides a well- 
balanced preparation for a wide variety of 
professions 

and careers, including banking, financial 
services, small business management, 
marketing, sales, advertising, retailing, general 
management, supervision, investments, human 
resources management, and management 
information systems. The major is also 
appropriate for students who plan to attend 
graduate school in business or related fields, 
such as law or public administration. 



All students majoring in Business Admin- 
istration must complete the ten core courses 
and at least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10; BUS 223, 228, 244, 312, 320, 
338, 441; ECON 1 10 or 1 1 1. Statistics is also 
required. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

ACCT 130; BUS 330, 449; one course from 
BUS 235, 332, 343, 345, 429 

2. Financial Management: i 
ACCT 130; BUS 339; two courses from ! 
BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 

BUS 319, 342, 429; one course from BUS 
332, 343, 344, 444 

4. International Business Management: 
Two courses selected from BUS 319, 330, 
435; ECON 343; PSCI 225; one course 
selected from ECON 240, PSCI 221, PSCI 
326; and two higher-numbered language 
courses beyond those used to meet the 
foreign language distribution requirement. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Majors in the International Business Manage- 
ment track are encouraged to minor in a 
foreign language. Additionally, it is the 
expectation, though not a requirement, that 
they will complete a practicum or 
internship relating to international business, 
preferably in a foreign country. 

Minors 

The department offers three minors: 

(1) general management, 

(2) financial management, and 

(3) marketing management. 

1. General Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
1 1 2. 228, 244, one course in the department 
numbered 300 or higher, and either BUS 
223 or a second course in the department 
numbered 300 or higher. If two courses are 
taken numbered 300 or higher, each must 
be chosen from a different major track. 

2. Financial Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either 
ECON441 or BUS 345. 

3. Marketing Management: 

Students are required to take BUS 228, 
and any four from: BUS 319, 332, 342, 
343, 344, 429, 444. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, 
and BUS 325, International Internship, the 
department offers a wide variety of U.S. and 
international internships with businesses, 
government agencies and nonprofit organiza- 
tion. In addition, the department is a member 
of the institute for Management Studies, which 
also offers internships, including several full- 
time paid internships during the summer. 

Recommended Courses 

All majors and minors are encouraged to 
complete a selection of the following courses: 
• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial 
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors) 



• BUS 235 Legal Principles I 

• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics 
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics 

• COMM 2 1 1 Public Speaking and Group 
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and 
Speaking in Business and the Professions 

• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business 

• PSCI 1 10 Government and Politics in the 
United States 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as cultural diversity courses: BUS 
244, 319. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: BUS 244, 330, 340, 342, 
344, 441 . Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Institute for Management Studies 

The Department of Business Administration 
is a member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. See page 115. 

112 

BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 

A critical examination of the role of business in 
modem society. Topics include the social and 
economic roles of business management 
techniques by commercial and non-commercial 
organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers, retail 
stores, hospitals), and business careers and 
functions. Designed for students considering 
majors or minors in business, and for non-majors 
seeking a broad understanding of business. May 
not be taken for credit by students who have 
successfully completed four or more courses 
m BUS. 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the opportunities and shortcom- 
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial 
decision-making. Using hand-computed and 
computer generated decisional models, students 
explore quantitative applications to quality 
control, resource allocation, inventory control, 
decisional analysis, network scheduling, 
forecasting, and other topics. Prerequisite: 
Statistics, or consent of instructor. 

228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business and 
nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product develop- 
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior, 
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing 
and others. Readings, case studies, library 
assignments and team research projects. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of organi- 
zational life and the discipline and process of 
management. Topics include the evolution and 
scope of organizations and management, plan- 
ning, organizing, leading, and controlling. 
Emphasis is placed on the importance of man- 
aging in a global environment, understanding 
the ethical implications of managerial decisions, 
and appreciating work place diversity. 



312 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, evalua- 
tion, and promotion of personnel within an 
organization. Emphasis is on understanding 
these major activities performed by Human 
Resource Management professionals as 
organizations deal with increased laws and 
regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits relatec 
to Human Resources, changes in work force 
characteristics, and an increasingly competitive 
work environment. One-half unit of credit. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of instructor 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of doing 
business in an increasingly global environment 
Special emphasis is placed on the cultural and 
social diversity of international markets. 
Examines the marketing strategies of global 
firms, and the challenges of international 
pricing, distribution, advertising and product 
development. Prerequisite: BUS 228 or 
consent of instructor. 

320 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM; 

A study of computer information systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. Topics 
include the components and functions of 
management information systems, personal 
productivity applications, distributed networks 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business applica- 
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
BUS 244 or consent of instructor. 

325 I 

INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP 

A seven week overseas internship experi- 
ence, supervised on site by a member of the 
Lycoming College faculty. The course includes 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



an internship with an organization in the host 
country, and a program of activities designed 
to famiharize the student with the cuhural, 
political and legal environment of the host 
country. These activities include seminars, 
guest lecturers, visits to centers of government 
and to sites of cultural and/or historical 
importance. Previous internships have in- 
cluded: The Prince's Youth Business Trust. 
The Oxfordshire Chamber of Commerce, 
Oxford Brookes University, Critchley's 
Chartered Accountants, Oxfam U.K., Spires 
International and FPD Savills International; all 
located in Oxford, England. Previous programs 
in the U.K. have included visits to the House 
of Parliament, Windsor Castle and Stone- 
henge, as well as weekend trips to Dublin, 
Ireland and Paris, France. Open to business 
and non-business majors and may be taken for 
four to eight semester hours of credit. Prereq- 
uisite: consent of instructor. Summer term 
only. May be repeated for credit, provided that 
the 16-credit limit for practica, internships, 
and /or student teaching is not exceeded. 

330 

INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A study of the dynamic process of applying 
management concepts and techniques in a 
multinational environment. Topics include 
global strategy and competitiveness, the 
cultural context, intercultural communications, 
organizational behavior and human resource 
management, and ethics and social responsi- 
bility. Special emphasis is placed on managing 
organizational cultures and diversity and the 
environment for international management. 
Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of instructor 

332 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

How businesses and other institutions 
promote their products to consumers. The 
role of advertising and promotion in the 
marketing strategy of the firm in investigated, 
and the effects of different promotional tools 



and advertising techniques is discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of 
instructor. 

338 

FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
and methods of financial management. Topics 
include the mathematics of finance, working 
capital management, capital budgeting, and — 
analysis of financial statements. Prerequisites: 
ACCT 1 10 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 

339 

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
tions of financial management. Topics covered 
include international finance, ethics, capital 
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and 
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non- 
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of the 
economy and the structure and functions of 
financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. Tech- 
niques used to evaluate financial securities. 
Also covered are recent developments in 
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and practices 
of marketing research. The focus is on the 
development and application of marketing 
research studies. Topics covered include 
selection of a research design, project planning 
and scheduling, data specification and gathering, 
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter- 



zoo 1-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



pretation of data, and research report writing. 
Reading, cases, and research project. Prereq- 
uisite: BUS 228 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 

343 

RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING 
A study of marketing practices by com- 
panies that directly sell goods and services to 
consumers, such as department stores, restau- 
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and 
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on 
the methods used by organizations to attract 
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prereq- 
uisite: BUS 228 or consent of instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND 
INTERNET MARKETING 

A study of Internet marketing, electronic 
commerce, and related business uses of the 
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal- 
lenges of developing, managing, and market- 
ing commercial web sites and online stores; the 
growing use of company intranets, extranets and 
virtual teams to improve communic- ations, 
collaboration, and business performance; and 
the effects of electronic commerce on con- 
sumers, competition and marketing practices. 
Students also study social links to electronic 
commerce, such as the privacy and security 
concerns of online customers, and the chal- 
lenges of electronic commerce to more 
traditional industries, occupations, and local 
business and communities. Prerequisite: BUS 
228 or consent of instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 

Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial data 
which are analyzed as well as the methods by 
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This 
course should prove of value to all who need a 
thorough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 



who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 
decisions on the basis of financial data. 
Prerequisite: A CCT 110. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, business demographics and 
marketing-related financial analysis. Read- 
ings, case studies, library assignments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228 
and Statistics, or consent of instructor 

435 

INTERNATIONAL RNANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

A study of the environment and methods of 
international financial management. Topics 
include international financial markets and 
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting and 
investment abroad, multinational working 
capital management, and foreign exchange 
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 338, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with practical 
work experience with local companies and 
organizations. Students work 10- 12 hours per 
week for their sponsor organizations, in addition 
to attending a weekly seminar on management 
topics relevant to their work assignments. Since 
enrollment is limited by the available number of 
positions, students must apply directly to the 
business department before preregistration to be 
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



441 

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of the planning and 
control of business enterprises designed to 
build students' skills in conducting strategic 
analysis in a variety of industries and competi- 
tive situations. Through case studies, research, 
presentations, and discussions, students 
examine industry structure, functional 
strategies, competitive challenges of a global 
marketplace, and sources of sustainable 
competitive advantage. This course is de- 
signed to integrate the knowledge and skills 
gained from previous coursework in business 
and related fields. Prerequisites: BUS 223, 
228, 244, 312, 320, and 338, or consent of 
'instructor. Seniors only. 

444 

APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH 

Students design, implement and present 
marketing studies for local businesses and 
other client organizations. Depending on the 
project, research methods may include 
customer surveys, focus groups, demographic 
studies and computerized information 
searches. In addition, students study market 
research methods and problems, such as 
designing questionnaires, selecting samples, 
detecting sources of bias, and presenting 
results to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated once 
for credit with consent of instructor. 

446 

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc- 
tion facility. The course also incorporates 
quantitative techniques and computer applica- 
tions used in the production and operations 
management environment. Topics include 
capacity and layout planning, facility location 
analysis, job design and work measurement, 
production scheduling, materials requirement 
planning models, and quality controls. Students 



will engage in the actual design of an inventory 
status file and MRP system. Prerequisite: 
BUS 223 or consent of instructor. 

449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
information needed to develop a business plan 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac- 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion 
and analysis of small business cases and the 
problems/opportunities facing small businesses 
are used to reveal trends in the small business 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228, 244, 
338; or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent projects include marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, real estate management and banking. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a community 
and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the evolution 
of anti-trust legislation in the United States. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professor: Franz 

Associate Professor: McDonald 

Assistant Professors: Bendorf, 

Mahler (Chairperson) 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 
Part-time Instructor: Miller 

The Department of Chemistry offers 
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who wish to 
earn ACS certification must complete the 
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
who complete the ACS certified degree are 
also eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study 
in chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 
advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 



The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: CHEM 330, 331 and 
332. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111,220-221,330-331, 
332, 333, and, as a Capstone experience, one ol 
the following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 
449); PHYS 225-226; and MATH 128-129. 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and 
one additional full-credit course from the 
following list: any 400-level CHEM course; 
PHYS 33 1 or above; BIO 222 or above; 
MATH 116, 123, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332; or J 
CPTR 125. ' 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



Certiflcation in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistry 
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
book and make their plans known to their 
advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled for the Professional Semester. A 
Chemistry major who successfully completes 
the Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 
449) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
experience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher, 
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200; 
complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449). 
The student may choose EDUC 232 
and/or EDUC 239 as additional 
Education electives. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 

»tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 
pass any two units from ASTR 111, 
112 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recom mended as an additional course. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
of CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM 
courses numbered 300 or higher. 

100 

CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 

A science distribution course for the non- 
science major. The course will explore real- 
world societal issues that have important 
chemical components. Topics covered may 
include air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
global warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear 



power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM II 0. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for students 
who plan to major in one of the sciences. 
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion 
and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of 
the Chemistry Department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10. with 
emphasis placed on the foundations of analytical, 
inorganic, and physical chemistry. Topics 
include kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, 
acid-base theory, electrochemistry, thermody- 
namics, nuclear chemistry, coordination 
chemistry, and descriptive inorganic chemistry 
of selected elements. The laboratory treats 
aspects of quantitative and qualitative inor- 
ganic analysis. Three hours of lecture, one 
hour of discussion, and one three-hour labora- 
tory period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
110 or consent of department. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin- 
ciples of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, forestry, education and the humani- 
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes, 
arenes. functional derivatives, amino acids 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



and proteins, carbohydrates and other naturally 
occurring compounds. This course is designed 
for students who require only one semester of 
organic chemistry, and is not intended for 
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students who 
have received credit for CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratoty period each 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111, MATH 129, 
and one year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru- 
mental analysis together with practice in lab- 
oratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM III or consent of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to the 
chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one year 
of physics: or consent of instructor 



439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic concepts, 
and formulation of quantum mechanics with 
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course 
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonic 
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both 
time-independent and time-dependent perturba- 
tion theory will be covered. The elegant 
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will 
conclude the course. Eour hours of lecture and 
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either 
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of 

instructor. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

I 
440 
ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modern synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identification of 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM 221. 

443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of j 
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture and 
one four-hour labor-atory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent 
of instructor: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various types 
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 221, or consent of instructor. 
Cross-listed as BIO 444. 

446 

ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the chemistry of 
compounds containing metal-carbon bonds. 
Topics include structure and bonding, reac- 
tions and mechanisms, spectroscopy, and 
applications to organic synthesis. The use of 
organometallic compounds as catalysts in 
industrial processes will be emphasized. Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratoty 
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, characteri- 
zation, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 
research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 



» 



449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 
This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221 and consent of 
instructor 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 




COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Wild (Chairperson), 
Koehn 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication theory 
and media criticism as well as expertise in a 
particular area of communication. All 
students majoring in Communication must 
complete the five courses listed in the Core 
and eight additional courses in one of the three 
areas of concentration listed below: four 
required courses and four elective courses. 
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have 
declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully complete 
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during 
each semester they are on campus or until they 
have successfully completed at least four 
semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider electing 
an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
students to pursue employment and/or 
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public relations, 
audio and video production, print and broad- 
cast journalism, professional media writing, 
and media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
language and to consider the following liberal 
arts electives: MATH 1 23 and/or courses in 
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
in contemporary American and/or interna- 
tional history, economics, and political 
science; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses have has been 
designated as writing intensive and may be 
offered as such: COMM 211, 326. Students 
should check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 



Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any fivt 
courses offered by the Communication Depart- 
ment (courses offered by other departments 
count only toward the major in Communicatioi 
not toward the minor). One of these five 
courses must be selected from COMM 326, 
COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 1 1 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 
COMM 440 Senior Seminar 
COMM 246, Media Arts Colloquium 346, 446 
THEA 2 1 2 Multicultural America on Screen 

Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 
A. Corporate Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 212 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this concen- 
tration must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one course 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 

« 



it the 300-levei or above. Students may elect 
;o take as many additional communication 
;ourses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may also be 
used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
oncentration include the following: 



Introduction to Photography 
Marketing Principles 
Organization and Management 
Advertising and Promotion 
Communciation and Society 
Industrial and Organizational 
Psychology 
Social Psychology 

B. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio 
Basic Video Production 
Advanced Video Production 
Fikn Art: Motion Picture 
Masterpieces 
Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
additional course in Communication as well as 
one course at the 300-level or above. Students 
may elect to take as many additional communi- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective 
I courses offered by other departments that may 
be used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
1 concentration include the following: 



ART 227 
BUS 228 
BUS 244 
BUS 332 
PSCI210 
PSY 225 

PSY 324 



COMM 223 
COMM 348 
THEA 114 



Introduction to Photography 

Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 

Computer Graphics for Elec- 

Media 
Marketing Principles 
Communication and Society 
Mass Media Law and Regulation 
Social Psychology 

C. Media Writing 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 225 The Art of Script Writing 

Print and Broadcast Journalism 

Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 

Mass Media Law and Regulation 



ART 227 
[ART 343 

I ART 344 
j tronic 
I BUS 228 

PSCI210 
' PSCI 436 

PSY 324 



COMM 229 
COMM 323 

PSCI 436 



Elective choices for students in this concen- 
tration must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one course 
at the 30()-level or above. Students may elect 
to take as many additional communication 
courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may be used 
to fulfill elective requirements in this concen- 
tration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 

ENGL 217 Critical Writing Seminar 
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing 
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical 

and Professional 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 

THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
110 

COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
AND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 
the process of sending messages among 
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences. 
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in 
the communication process. Active learning 
through readings, case studies, simulations, oral 
reporting, and library research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 105, or exemption. 

Ill 

MEDIA WRITING PRINCIPLES WITH 
DESKTOP PUBLISHING 

Intensive drill and practice in desktop 
publishing and the basic forms of media writing. 
Major emphasis on the elements of lead, style, 
and structure. Designed for students with little or 
no experience in desktop publishing and writing 
for the media. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

211 

PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
situations to general as well as targeted 
audiences. Emphasis on researching and 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



solving problems having to do with persuasion 
and informative speaking. Training in using 
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 
evaluate the student's own speeches. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

Ill 

GROUP COMMUNICATION 
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
practice in the methods of working in groups 
and in resolving conflicts within and between 
groups in various contexts, including educa- 
tion, industry, and professional situations. 
Contemporary theory and methods for 
motivating and maintaining the productivity of 
groups will be examined in some detail. 
Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one other 
course in Communication (211 recommended), 
Psychology, Education, or Business. 

218 

AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR RADIO AND 
VIDEO 

Study of the principles and techniques of 
audio production as applied to radio and other 
media.Consideration of various program formats 
and the use of sound media as an art form. 
Includes historical and contemporary examples 
of audio production and sound design. 

223 

BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Training in the fundamentals of preproduc- 
tion, production, and postproduction for video. 
Emphasis on mastering the basics of video pro- 
duction from concept to completion. Prerequi- 
sites: course work or experience in technical 
theatre, photography, fdm studies, and/ or audio 
production; or consent of instructor. 

225 

THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING 

Training in analyzing and writing scripts for 
defined audiences and purposes. Developing the 
original screenplay as well as scripts for 
business, advertising, and education will be 
considered. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, and 
THEA 114; or pennission of instructor. 



229 

PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM I 

Study of form and content of news gather- 
ing and beat reporting. Training in researching, 
interviewing, organizing, and editing a variety ol 
news stories for the Lycoming College newspa- 
per and for campus radio. Considers the 
ethical issues of reporting for print and 
broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 
AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and contexts. 
Classic leadership styles will be examined and 
researched in regard to how these relate to 
goal-setting and motivating individuals and 
groups. Field work on- and off-campus is a 
major component of this course. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107; at least one of these: COMM 
211, 212, or 235; or permission of the instructor. 
Corequisite (if not already completed):COMS 
105 or 106. Alternate years. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECIAL 

AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and ; 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature I 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts I 
with feature writing for newspapers and feature 
stories for television. Readings, peer review, 
and training in how to develop ideas using j 
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



J24 

'UBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
'ROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
ivorking with the media, writing for public 
■elations and advertising, and conducting a 
iDublic relations campaign to solve a problem or 
crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107 and COMM 235; or pemiission of 
histructor. 

326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD- 
IES: LITERATURE. FILM. AND TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
popular culture and the arts using one or more 
of these approaches: textual criticism, content 
analysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical 
criticism, frame theory, and structural analysis. 
Comparison of the ways in which different 
media create values and portray individuals, 
social conflicts, and human aspirations. 
Prerequisite: THEA 212 or ENGL 217. 

332 

TOPICS IN MEDIA THEORY AND PRACTICE 
Study of communication theory as applied to 
a special area or style of communication. 
Readings, discussions, and practical experiences 
in creating materials for print and/or electronic 
media. Possible topics include: docudrama and 
investigative reporting, communicating in 
cyberspace, creative advertising, instructional 
television and video. May be repeated for credit 
with change of topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107. 

348 

ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Advanced production of documentary, 
narrative, and experimental video. Exploration 
of a variety of approaches to motivating talent 
and directing for the camera. Prerequisite: 
COMM 223 and THEA 114, or advanced 
course work in acting and directing, or 
consent of instructor. 



246, 346, and 446 

MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students, and 
invited professionals meet two or three times each 
semester to discuss topics pertaining to the field 
of communication and to the work students are 
doing in campus media. Each student enrolled in 
the seminar is required to keep a log and to work 
for a minimum of three hours each week in one or 
more of the following: campus newspaper; 
campus yearbook; campus radio; campus 
television; public relations; corporate communica- 
tion. Open only to majors. Non-credit and Pass/ 
Fail. Once the major is declared, students are 
required to enroll in the seminar each semester 
until they graduate or until they have successfully 
completed four semesters, whichever comes first. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors who 
wish to acquire additional experience in working 
with practicing professionals. Open only to 
majors and minors. 

440 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

Reading and discussion of one or more 
topics of interest to communication specialists. 
Focus on preparing individual projects related to 
seminar topics and the student's area(s) of 
expertise for public presentation. Majors are 
required to enroll in this course either in their 
junior or senior year. Prerequisite: COMM 326. 
Open to nonmajors with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: junior 
or senior standing. 
N80-N89 
INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area of 
study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

• 




COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE (cj) 

Assistant Professor: Carter (Coordinator) 

Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
students with strong communication and 
analytical skills. This is accomplished through 
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary 
analysis of the causes of crime, formal and 
informal efforts at preventing and controlling 
crime, and treatment of the field of criminal 
justice as an applied social science where 
students are taught to integrate theory con- 
struction with practical application. The 
Criminal Justice Program offers opportunities 
for internship and practicum experiences in 
the field, and prepares students for careers in 
law enforcement, court services, institutional 
and community-based corrections, treatment 
and counseling services, and for further 
education at the graduate level. 

Major in Criminal Justice 

The major consists of 1 1 courses, distributed 
as follows: 

A. Criminal justice core courses (four 
courses): 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 201 Law Enforcement 
CJ 203 Correctional Systems 
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimensions of 
the justice system (seven courses): 

PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY 1 16 Abnormal Psychology 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 

PSCI 33 1 Civil Rights and Liberties 

PSCI 332 Courts and the Criminal 

Justice System 
PSCI 335 Law and society 

One course from: 

SOC 221 Juvenile Delinquency 

SOC 334 Cultural Minorities 

C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the major). 

Majors should seek advice concerning 
course selection from their advisors or from tb 
criminal justice coordinator, and should note 
course prerequisites in planning their programs 

Minor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
courses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332, 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



and SOC 300. A student may substitute another 
relevant course for one of the required courses 
Ivith consent of the criminal justice 
:oordinator. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

CJ 477, PHIL 2 1 8, and SOC 222, when 
scheduled as W courses, count towards the 
writing intensive requirement. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This course explores the role of law 
enforcement, courts and corrections in the 
administration of justice; the development of 
police, courts and corrections; the scope and 
nature of crime in America; introduction to the 
studies, literature and research in criminal 
justice; basic criminological theories; and 
:areers in criminal justice. 

201 

LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Students learn the history of law enforce- 
ment and the ways in which policing is 
evolving within a community-based philoso- 
phy. Special emphasis is placed on law 
enforcement organizations, patrol and 
investigation strategies, methods of social 
control, police-community relations, civil 
liability, abuse of power, important case laws, 
and critical analysis of law enforcement 
policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

203 

CORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
offenders, punishment, correctional ideolo- 
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The 
historical and philosophical development of 
the correctional system is examined. The 
primary emphasis is on critical analysis of 
contemporary correctional programming for 
adult and juvenile offenders in the United 
Stales. Other social issues and structures 
directly related to corrections are explored. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100. 



340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular atten- 
tion is given to offender diagnostics and 
classification, treatment and supervision 
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga- 
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, and 
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
determine what works and why. The focus is 
on social, situational, and environmental 
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 
focus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
place among "at risk" populations in schools, 
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
100 or consent of instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 

Three major areas of organizational crimes 
are covered, including traditional organized 
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
crimes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
international organized crime cabals, drug 
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA, 
political bribe taking, government brutality 
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac- 
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

• 



faculty interest. This course may be repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
course content differs. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability in 
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ- 
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 
requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral 
observation, survey and interview-based 
research, and limited quasi-experimental 
design studies. Emphasis is placed on con- 
ducting field research and communicating 
research in writing. Each student prepares a 
literature review and written research proposal 
that can be carried out while placed with a 
criminal justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and CJ 203, or 
consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing opportu- 



nities to conduct hands-on field research. 
Each student completes an original research 
project under supervision of the instructor 
with input from the on-site agency representa- 
tive. Students will prepare a comprehensive, 
formal, written research paper on an appropri- 
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
criminal justice coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
justice must get considerably advanced 
approval by the criminal justice coordinator. 
Criminal justice internships normally will not 
be approved for semesters during which 
practicums are also available. Internships are 
intended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
credits may be approved by the criminal 
justice coordinator. An example of an appro- 
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors 
Internship Program, which requires relocation 
to Washington, DC and participation in a full- 
time program that runs the duration of the I 
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

N80 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific interests and topics not usually 
covered in regular courses. Through a 
program of readings and tutorials, the student 
will have the opportunity to pursue these | 

interests and topics in greater depth than is j 
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi- 
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice \ 
coordinator. i 

N90 ! 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS I 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 

• 




ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

\ssociate Professor: Madresehee 
Assistant Professors: Sprunger (Chairperson), 
Yerger 

The Department of Economics offers two 
racks. Track I (Managerial Economics) 
develops students' capacity to analyze the 
economic environment in which an organization 
operates and to apply economic reasoning to an 
organization's internal decision making. These 
;ourses have more of a managerial emphasis 
han traditional economics courses. Track II 
^General Economics) is designed to provide a 
3road understanding of economic, social, and 
3usiness problems. In addition to preparing 
Undents for a career in business or government, 
:his track provides an excellent background for 
graduate or professional studies. 



Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 110, ill, 220, 332 and 441; ACCT 
1 10 and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 
338; and two other economics courses 
numbered 200 or above, excluding ECON 349. 

Track II - General Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three 
other courses in economics. Depending on 
their academic and career interests, students are 
encouraged to select a minor in another depart- 
ment such as political science, philosophy, or 
history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and 
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work - 
MATH 1 12 and 128; Track II majors - ACCT 
110 and either 130 or 344. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ECON 337, 440. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the comple- 
tion of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other econom- 
ics courses numbered 200 or above, or any four 
economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 1 15. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 

• 



and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modem capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institutions; 
capital markets, and international financial 
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110. 

224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and eco- 
nomic problems associated with urbanization, 
including poverty, employment, education, 
crime, health, housing, land use and the 



environment, transportation, and public 
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

lis 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, ) 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application, 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at thCj 
creation of an ecologically viable economy. 

229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 

An introduction to the nature and history of 
business fluctuations, the tools used in 
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modem statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and forecast 
different economic variables. Prerequisites: 
MATH 123, ECON 110 and 111: or consent oj 
instructor. Alternate years. 

240 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
of economic geography with emphasis upon 
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and 
global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the 
competitive advantage of nations. These 
factors include resources such as food, energy, 
materials, and changing patterns of world 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 

• 



opulation. Also included will be theoretical 
[terature reparding locational decisions and 
hoice, as well as the rapidly changing global 
conomy in the context of trade theory and the 
hifting focus of international economics 
ctivity. 

21 

'UBLIC CHOICE 

Tiis course focuses on the application of 
conomics to the political processes of voting 
nd bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
e the study of problems that can occur within 
tie democratic process because the incentives 
;iven to public servants do not always match 
ociety's best interests. Policies and institu- 
ions that can improve such problems will be 
xplored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
irovide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: EC ON 110 or 1 1 1, or consent of 
nstructor. Alternate years. 

m 

NTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
heory regarding consumer demand, production 
;osts and theory, profit maximization, market 
tructures, and the determinants of returns to 
he factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 
'10. Alternate years. 

131 

NTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
heory and practice with regard to business 
luctuation, national income accounting, the 
leteniiination of income and employment 
evels, and the use of monetary and fiscal 
)o\\cy. Prerequisite: ECON 110. Alternate 
fears. 

«2 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
miitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
:ases of private monopoly, through public 



utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or consent 
of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the United 
States, including the structure of unions, 
employers' opposition to unions, the role of 
government in labor-management relations and 
the economic impact of unions. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC HNANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON 110 and HI, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
110 and 111. 

349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itselO designed to better integrate classroom 



!0(Jl-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS • EDUCATION 



theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embod- 
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECONllO 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECONllO and 111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, Conrad, 

Hungerford (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructors: Hayden, Salvatori, 

Zalonis 

The Education Department offers Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher certification programs 
in elementary and secondary education, as we 
as a school nurse certification program. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete EDUC 200 and 
PSY 138 prior to the professional semester 
(EDUC 446, 447, 449) as well as the necessar 
subject area courses. Students must have the 
required 14 half-day observations with their 
assigned cooperating teacher during the 
semester prior to their professional semester. 
Students may earn secondary certification in 
one or more of the following areas: art (K-12' 
biology, chemistry, English, French (K-12), 
general science, German (K-12), mathematics 
music (K-12), physics, school nurse (K-12), 
social studies, and Spanish (K-12). 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete EDUC 200, PSY 
138, MATH 205, EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALO' 



EDUCATION 



[ind 344 prior to the professional semester 
^EDUC 445, 447, 448). Students must have 
he required 14 half-day observations with 
heir assigned cooperating teacher during the 
jemester prior to their professional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
jrogram should refer to the Teacher Educa- 
ion Handbook, which specifies the current 
requirements for certification. Early consulta- 
;ion with a member of the Education Depart- 
[Tient is strongly recommended. Application 
for the professional semester must be made 
during the fall semester of the junior year, 
rhe Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester applicants who have (a) 
;ompleted the participation requirements, (b) 
f)aid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a 
recommendation from the student's major 
department, (d) passed a screening and 
interview conducted by the Education 
Department, (e) passed the PSST Reading, 
Writing, Math and Listening portions of the 
NTE exam, and (f) achieved an overall grade 
point average of 3.00 or better. Major depart- 
ments have different criteria for their recom- 
mendations; therefore, the student should 
:onsult with the chairperson of the major 
department about those requirements. The 
Pennsylvania state requirements override any 
:ontractual agreement the student teacher has 
with the college via the catalogue under which 
they were admitted. 

Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 50. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: EDUC 343, 344 and 
447. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 



student teaching, during the fall semester of 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
activities and knowledge which are helpful in 
the self-contained elementary classroom. 
Non-credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which influence 
American schools and teachers. Consideration 
is given to the school environment, the 
curriculum, and the children with the intention 
that students will examine more rationally their 
own motives for entering the profession. 

232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments 
utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to the meaning and nature of the 
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the 
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep- 
tions of curricula content, modem techniques 
of curricular construction, criteria for the 
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a 
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and participa- 
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the 
creative writing of others. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an elemen- 
tary reading program from kindergarten through 
sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a 
reading instructional program which reflects 
the nature of the learning process and recog- 
nizes principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- < 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particula 
consideration will be given to the appropriate 
age and developmental level of the students 
with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 
Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205, 
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
student teaching participation. 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



EDUCATION 



147 

>ROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
s^MERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
:hallenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
elated to the student teaching experience. 

148 

ITUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
iLEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
rHE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervis- 
on of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
)ublic elementary school in Lycoming 
bounty. Student teachers are required to 
bllow the calendar of the school district to 
vhich they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
•n rolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
indents needing an additional course must 
'omply with the standards stated in the 
Zollege catalog. 

rhe Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

iDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the 

Middle Level and Secondary 

Schools 
:DUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
iDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

rhe Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Art/ 
^usic (K-12) Professional Semester: 

iDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
iDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 

(6 semester hours) 
iDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary School 

(6 semester hours) 



446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL 
SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Specific attention is given to structur- 
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining 
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom 
management. Stress is placed on the selection 
and utilization of a variety of strategies, 
materials, and technologies to support learning 
for a diverse student population. Students 
teach demonstration lessons in the presence of 
the instructor and members of the class and 
observe superior teachers in Lycoming 
County middle and secondary schools. 
Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138, andpre- 
student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under the 
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher 
in a public secondary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when enrolled 
in the Professional Semester. Those students 
needing an culditional course must comply with the 
.standards stated in the College catalog. 



;001-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



KNGLISH 

• 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Hawkes, Jensen, Moses, Rife 
Associate Professors: Feinstein, 
Hafer, Lewes (Chairperson) 

The department offers two programs 
leading to the major in EngUsh: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose EngUsh as a liberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose English as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217; 220; 



22 1 ; two courses from 222, 223, 227; two 
courses selected from ENGL 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 1 3, 
314, and 31 5; one from ENGL 335 and 336; 
and two electives from among courses num- 
bered 215 and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teachei 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses in 
English are 2 1 7 ; 220; 22 1 ; two courses from | 
222, 223, 227; 335; 336; 338; three courses ! 
selected from 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and 315; and| 
one elective from among courses numbered i 
215 and above. Required courses outside 
English are EDUC 200, 446, 447, and 449; ' 
PSY 110andl38;andTHEA100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should i 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
tor secondary certification and, as part of that i 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum often courses is required for Track 
II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two 
courses selected from ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 
223, 225, and 227; two from ENGL 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 
3 1 3, 3 1 4 and 3 1 5 ; one from ENGL 33 1 or 332; 
one from ENGL 335 and 336; two from ENGL 
34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 (note prerequisites); and 
onefromENGL411or412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a minimum 
of twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 240; two courses selected from 
ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 225, and 227; two 
from 31 1,3 12, 3 13, 314, and 315; one from 331 
and 332; 335, 336, 338; two from 34 1 , 342, 44 1 
442 and one from 41 1 and 41 2. Required 
courses outside English are EDUC 200, 446, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ENGLISH 



W7, and 449; PS Y 110 and 138;andTHEA 100. 
The following course has been approved to 
)e offered as a cultural diversity course: 
iNGL 334. Students must check semester 
;lass schedules to determine which courses 
ire offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved to 
)e offered as writing intensive courses and may 
)e offered as such: ENGL 225, 311, 33 1 , 334, 
135, 336, 420. Students must check semester 
;lass schedules to determine which courses are 
)ffered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
inglish: 

^^iterature: Five courses in literature at the 
!00 level or above, at least three of which 
nust be numbered 300 or above. 

tVriting: Five courses, four of which are 
:hosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
S38; plus one writing-intensive course in 
iterature at the 300 level. 

105 

NTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 

A review of grammar and an introduction to 
:ollege-level reading and writing. One unit 
;rade of "P" will be assigned when the student 
las successfully completed all of the work in 
he course. Required of, and limited to, those 
vho have not been exempted from ENGL 105. 

[06 

:OMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Jpecial emphasis on developing the compos- 
ng skills needed to articulate and defend a 
)osition in various situations requiring the use 
)f written English. Credit may not he earned 
br both 106 and 107. 

[07 

TONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Jpecial emphasis on developing the writing 
ikills of students who have the potential to 



benefit from advanced work. Placement by 
examination only. Credit may not be earned for 
both 106 and 107. 

215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements 
and structures of literary representation. Literature 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

Brief introduction to criticism as a disci- 
pline, followed by workshop training in writing 
critical papers on the major literary genres. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofC + or better in ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

Literary forms, themes, and authors from the 
Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th century. 
Emphasis on such writers as Chaucer, Spenser, 
Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; 
representative works from Beowulf to Burney's 
Evelina. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th 
century. Particularemphasis on such writers as 
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown- 
ing, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the 
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and 
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 



:001-(): ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from 1 865 to 1 945 , 
emphasizing such authors as Twain, James, Crane, 
Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens, 
O'Neill, and Williams. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, 
satire, and love poetry. Writers studied include 
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

227 

AMERICAN LITERATURE III 

Survey of American literature from 1945 to 
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow, 
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop, 
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, structured exercises, 
and readings in contemporary literature to 
provide practice and basic instruction in the 
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry and 
prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to 
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric, 
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on 
the cultural context from which these forms 
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary forms of 
the Renaissance. Authors studied will include 



Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney, 
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years 

313 

RESTORATION AND 

1 8TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period (1789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas i 
where competence will be expected in the 1 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: | 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. i 

322 ' 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



p 



ENGLISH 

• 



;ssayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prerequi- 
ute: Grade ofC+ or better in ENGL 106 or 
107. or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

iOTH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
[oyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
special emphasis on the relationship of their 
^'orks to concepts of modernism. Prereqiii- 
nte: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
nstructor. 

J32 

>OTH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
nodem and contemporary poets including 
if eats. Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore, 
iliot, Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman, 
^owell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath, 
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

J33 

FHE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
jresent, focusing on the novel's ability^ — -since 
ts explosive inception — to redefine its own 
)oundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
?/• consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

^OMEN IN LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
listorical — of literature by women represent- 
ng diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
\ particular theme significant to women 
ivriters from more than one cultural back- 
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
:onsent of instructor. Alternate years. 

535 
CHAUCER 

A study of the major works with emphasis 
Dn The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde. Some attention to language study 



and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's 
works arose. Prerequisite: ENGL J 06 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems 
(traditional, structural, transformational) to 
identify their strengths and weaknesses. 
Attention is also given to larger issues, 
including language change, the politics of 
language, the creation of meaning, language 
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, where 
the student is trained to hear language at work. 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY. POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion, 
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both 
practical criticism and in creative writing, this 
course will pay particular attention to theories 



?0()l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 

• 



concerned with the relationship between form 
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
fiction based on those theories. Authors will 
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and 
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 341. 



442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged 
to develop and control his or her individual 
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 342. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women writers; 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor: MacKenzie 
Associate Professor: Buedel (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Heysel, Kingery, Watts 
Part-time Instructors: Boring, Cartal-Falk 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as a gateway to 
careers in business, government, publishing, 
education, journalism, social agencies, translat- 
ing, and writing. It prepares for graduate work in 
literature or linguistics and the international 
fields of pohtics, business, law, health, and area 
studies. 

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offered as 
major fields of study. The major consists of at 
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in a foreign language should 
take additional 4()0-level hours in literature. 
Majors seeking teacher certification are 
advised to begin the study of a second foreign 
lansuage. 



The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields or a 
second major, and also individual or established 
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in 
several literatures or area or cross-cultural 
studies; for example. International Studies, 20th 
Century Studies, the Major in Literature. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that language 
majors study in a department-approved program 
for a semester or more as part of their major. 
Approved programs are available in Austria (the 
Institute for the International Education of 
Students), France (Boston University, the 
Institute for the International Education of 
Students), Germany (the Goethe Institute, the 
Institute for the International Education of 
Students), Mexico (Cemanahuac Educational 
Community), and Spain (Tandem Escuela 
Intemacional, the Center for Cross-Cultural 
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Interested 
students should begin planning with their major 
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to 
departure. To qualify, students must have soph- 
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50, 
and a GPA of 3.00 in language courses. Other 
qualifications include recommendation from 
faculty in the major and completion of specific 
courses in language, literature, or culture. In 
addition, the department offers overseas 
internships through the approved programs. 
They typically require substantial language 
skills and junior or senior standing. 

CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must 
complete at least two of the following six 
options: ( 1 ) appropriate study abroad for a 
minimum of 6 weeks; (2) an internship; (3) 
department-approved volunteer work or tutoring 
in the foreign language; (4) FRN 441, GERM 
4 1 8, or SPAN 4 1 8 with a grade of C or better; 
(5) secondary teaching certification in French, 
German, or Spanish; (6) a Praxis test in French, 



2(X)l-0: ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



German, or Spanish passed with a score 
approved by the department. 

If the colloquia and other two requirements 
have not been met by the end of the first 
semester of the senior year, the student must 
submit to the chair of the department a plan 
signed by the advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES (FLL) 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors 
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, 
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, 
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works 
read in English translation will vary and be 
organized around a different theme or topic; 
recent topics have been existentialism, modem- 
ism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th century 
Scandinavian and German prose writers. 
Prerequisite: None. Taught in English. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 
May be accepted toward the EngUsh major 
with consent of the Department of English. 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 
including work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Depart- 
ment of Education to fulfill the requirements of a 
participation experience in area schools in the 
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count 
toward majors in French, German, and 
Spanish. 



449 

JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 

This colloquium offers French, German, 
and Spanish majors the opportunity to meet 
regularly with peers, professors, and invited 
guest speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, 
cultural, and pedagogical topics. Each student! 
enrolled in 449 is required to deliver at least 
one oral presentation per semester. Prerequi- 
site: junior standing. The department recom- 
mends that, when possible, students take one 
semester of 449 during their junior year cmd 
another semester during their senior year. 
Taught in English. The Colloquium will meet a 
minimum of 6 times during the semester for 1 
hour each session. After successful completion i 
of two semesters of the Colloquium, a student 
may enroll for additional semesters on a pass- 
fail basis and no oral presentation will be 
required. Non-credit course. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 
semester hours from 402, 412 and 427. 
French majors must pass at least two semesters 
of FLL 449 and complete two of the additional 
requirements as explained under Capstone 
Experience on page 105. Students who wish 
to be certified for secondary teaching must 
complete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA 
and pass FRN 221-222, 228, 418, and FLL 
338 (the latter course with a grade of B or 
better). 

FRN 228 satisfies the cultural diversity 
requirement. FRN 222, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



onsist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
ibove. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

I The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
tals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 

11\-112 

FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
comprehension, reading, and writing. In- 
cludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi- 
site: FRN 1 12 or equivalent. 

228 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students with 
political and social structures and cultural 
attituds in contemporary French society. 
Material studied may include such documents as 
new spaper articles, interviews and sociological 
surveys, and readings in history, religion, 
anthropology, and the arts. Some attention to the 
changing education system and the family and to 
events and ideas which have shaped French 
society. May include some comparative study 
of France and the United States. Prerequisite: 
FRN 22 1 or consent of instructor. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
literary topics concerning the French-speaking 
world. Possible topics or genres include: 
Francophone short stories; modern French 
theatre; French-speaking women writers; 
French and Francophone poetry; Paris and the 



Avant-garde. Prerequisite: FRN 221 or 
consent of the instructor. May he repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1 800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and 
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson 
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine, 
Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: 
FRN 222 or 228, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 19TH 
CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallarme. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral 
and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisite: One course from FRN 402, 412, 
423, 427; or consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, Aragon, 
Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint- 
Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe- 
Grillet. Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio). and the 
poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the Surrealists 
(Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint-John 
Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and others. Some 
attention to works of French-speaking 
African writers. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 
228, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
translation, Existentialism, the classical period, 
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GERMAN (GERM) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above or approved courses from a 
Study Abroad program One unit of ELL 225 
may be included in the major with permission. 
GERM 43 1 or 441 is required of all majors. 
German majors must pass at least two 
semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 105. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 431 or 441. In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses 
for the major. In addition to the 32 semester 
hours of courses for the major they must also 
pass FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

GERM 221 and 222 satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement. GERM 431 and 441, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 
sem-ester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 
1 2 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included 
in the minor with permission. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with i 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 |: 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN i. 

This sequence of courses reviews and develops | 
the fundamentals of the language for immediate u 
in speaking, understanding, and reading with a 
view to building confidence in self-expression. 
Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to review an^ 
develop skills in speaking, listening, writing and 
reading. Grammar and vocabulary building are 
stressed with intensive review, writing practice anc 
some reading on contemporary issues in Gemian 
speaking countries. Prerequisite: GERM 112 or 
equivalent. 

323 I 

SURVEY OF GERMAN I 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I | 

Designed to acquaint the student with imports 
periods of German literature, representative 
authors, and major cultural developments in 
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The cours 
deals with literature and culture from the Early 
Middle Ages through the 18th century. Prereq 
uisite: GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

Designed to acquaint the student with importa 
periods of German literature, repre-sentative 
authors, and major cultural developments in 
Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. The course 
deals with literature and culture from the 19th 
century through the 1960's. Prerequisite: GER1\ 
222 or consent of instructor. 



^^ 



I 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



411 

FHE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

118 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students who 
ivant to improve their spoken and written 
3ennan. Includes work in oral comprehension, 
jhonetics, pronunciation, oral and written 
:omp-osition, translation, and the develop- 
Tient of the language and its relationship to 
English. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent 
of instructor. 

421 

3ERMAN POETRY 
A study of selected poets or the poetry of various 
literary periods. Possible topics include: Roman- 
tic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and selected contempo- 
rary poets. Prerecjuisite: GERM 323 or 325, or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A sUidy of the life and works of Goethe. 
Goethe's significance in the Classical period and 
later. Readings in the major works. Prerequi- 
site: GERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, 
Switzerland and Austria covering the period 
from the 1960's to the present. Readings 
selected from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, 
Frisch, Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser, 
Grass, Becker, and others. Prerequisite: 
GERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German include 
Classicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann 
Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and Diirrenmatt. 



490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 
HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 

Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
approved courses from a Study Abroad pro- 
gram. One course must focus on literature from 
Spain and one course must focus on literature 
from Spanish America. Eight semester hours 
must be at the 400 level, not including 449. 
Spanish majors must pass at least two semesters 
of ELL 449 and complete two of the additional 
requirements as explained under Capstone 
Experience on page 105. Students who wish to 
be certified for secondary teaching must 
complete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA 
and pass SPAN 22 1 , 222, 3 1 1 , 4 1 8, and ELL 
338 (the latter with a grade of B or better). 

SPAN 221, 222, and 31 1 satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement. SPAN 323, 325, 418. 
and 424, when scheduled as W courses, count 
toward the writing intensive requirement. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must con- 
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2 
hours of which must be numbered 200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a 
view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION. REVIEW, AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a variety 
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary 
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review. 
Designed to provide greater breadth and 
fluency in spoken and written Spanish. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institu- 
tions, with reference to the geographic and 
historical forces governing present-day Spain 
and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or literary 
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world. 
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American 
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin 
American women writers; Chicano literature. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the 
instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals with 
the literature from the Middle Ages to the 
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish- American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 



deals with the literature, especially the essay 
and poetry, from the 16th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve their spoken and written 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehen- 
sion, pronunciation, oral and written composi- 
tion, and translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN 
course at the 300 level or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 
LITERATURE 

Readings of important works in modem 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modernist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-garde; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisite: 
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated for a 
credit with consent of instructor. f 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 

• 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson (Chairperson), Morris, 

Piper 
Assistant Professor: Witwer 

A major consists of 10 courses, including HIST 
110. Ill, and 449. At least seven courses must 
be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST 200, PSCl 22 1 and 
439, REL 226 and 228. Other appropriate 
courses outside the department may be counted 
upon departmental approval. For history majors 
who student teach in history, the major consists 
of nine courses. In addition to the courses listed 
below, special courses, independent study, and 
honors are available. Special courses recently 
taught and anticipated include a biographical 
study of European Monarchs, the European 
Left, the Industrialization and Urbanization of 
Modem Europe, Utopian Movements in 
America , the Peace Movement in America, The 
Vietnam War, and American Legal History. 
History majors are encouraged to participate in 
the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 95. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
may be offered as such: HIST 120, 140, 220, 
230, 240. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 



The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: HIST 218, 230, 247, 
332. 335, 443, 449. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
1 25, 1 26, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 3 1 
may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 1 10, 
1 1 1 and three courses in European history 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six courses 
in history, of which three must be chosen from 
HIST 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 1 25, and 1 26 and three must be 
history courses numbered 200 and above. 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1815 to the present. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial 
policy, the independence movements, and the 
development of modem institutions and gov- 
emments in Latin America. Alternate years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 
A study of the men, measures, and move- 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 

• 



ments which have been significant in the 
development of the United States between 
1607 and 1877. Attention is paid to the 
problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-PRESENT 

A study of men, measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the develop- 
ment of the United States since 1877. Atten- 
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups 
as well as to majority and national influences. 

140 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
on political and economic development in the 
United States. Alternate Years. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, includ- 
ing the foundations of the western tradition in 
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the 
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and 
its transformation into the Empire. The course 
will focus on the social and intellectual life of 
Greece and Rome as well as political and 
economic changes. Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation; 
the development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of 
the towns. Alternate years. 

215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 
An in-depth study of the changing nature 



of war and its relationship to the development (. 
Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development ol 
the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS 
An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe from 1900- 
1945. Topics include the rise of irrationalism, tl. 
origins of the First World War, the Communist 
and Fascist Revolutions, and the attempts to 
preserve peace before 1939. Prerequisite: HIST 
HI or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945. 
Topics include the post-war economic recovery 
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe, ] 
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, and 
the flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite: 
HIST 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. 

220 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of womer 
in the Western World from ancient times to the 
present. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on th 
American continent, their history as colonies, th( 
causes and events of the American Revolution, 
the critical period following independence, and 
proposal and adoption of the United States 
Constitution. Alternate years. 

230 

AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participation, 
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The - 
course includes historical experiences such as 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



ilavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urban- 
zation. It also raises the issue of the develop- 
nent and growth of white racism, and the effect 
)f this racism on contemporary Afro- Ameri- 
can social, intellectual, and political life. 
Mternate years. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 
19th Century. Particular attention will be given 
to the Communist Revolution and the develop- 
ments in China since Mao's death. Alternate 
years. 

247 

pRGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
Ifrom the Gilded Age to the present. This course 
explores the rise of organized crime and its 
Ities to the urban political machines as well as 
ithe segregated vice districts of Nineteenth 
Century America. Students study the rise of 
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with 
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much 
of the course centers on the role that organized 
crime has played in American society through 
such activities as labor racketeering, organized 
gambling, and smuggling. The course also 
explores different law enforcement efforts 
mounted against organized crime over time, 
culminating with the most recent use of broad 
conspiracy laws. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the European- 
states system and the relations between the 
European states since the beginning of the 
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 1 1 1 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 

NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 



the revolutions of 1848 through the unification 
of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence of 
the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special consideration 
is given to the first and second party systems, 
the decline in community cohesiveness, the 
westward movement, and the growing impor- 
tance of the family as a unit of social organiza- 
tion. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST I W or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and intellec- 
tual developments in America in the years 
following World War II. The course reviews 
both foreign policy developments in those 
years and the various social movements that 
swept across the country, including civil rights, 
feminism, the counter-culture, and conserva- 
tism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or consent of 
instructor. 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



-• 



340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which 
are historically related to its inception, and of 
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the 
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant 
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation. 
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the 
Reformation Era. Alternate years. 

418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and 
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe. 
The various combinations of social and 
political circumstances which constitute the 
historical context of these intellectual develop- 
ments will be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its 
colonial antecedents through reconstruction. 
Among the topics considered are Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism, community life and 
organization, education, and social reform 
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses from 
HIST 125, 126, 230; or consent of instructor. 



443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the topics 
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism, 
community life and organization, education anc 
social reform movements. Prerequisite: Two 
courses from HIST 125, 126, 230; or consent q, 
instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will provid< 
the opportunity to explore these approaches in 
terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
Prerequisite: One course from HIST 328, 330, 
335 or 416. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) \ 

Recent topics include studies of the immi- 
gration of American blacks, political dissension, 
in the Weimer republic, Indian relations before ■ 
the American Revolution, and the history of 
Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



e 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 




INSTITUTE FOR 

IVIANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Director) 

The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or econom- 
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern- 
ship program, special seminars on important 
management topics, student involvement in 
faculty research and professional projects, 
executive development seminars, and a Manage- 
ment Scholars program for academically 
talented students (described below). In addition, 
the IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on 
current management issues. 

All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 



210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
offered at least once a year. Completion of 
two semesters required by the Management 
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of credit. 
Prerequisite: Membership in the Manage- 
ment Scholars Program or consent of IMS 
Director. May be repeated for credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 
A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions, 
although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 

IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student 
must satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 





aO. 



^"*-- 



b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 
IMS departments. The seminars are normally 
offered as one semester-hour courses and do 
not result in overload charges for full-time 
students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both programs. 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, political, 
and historical environment of Europe today 
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest 
of the world, particularly the United States. It 
stresses the international relations of the North 
Atlantic community and offers the student 
opportunity to emphasize either European 
studies or international relations. The program 
provides multiple perspectives on the cultural 
traits that shape popular attitudes and institu- 
tions. Study of a single country is included as a 
data-base for comparisons, and study of its 
language as a basis for direct communication 
with its people. 

The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. International 
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



200 L02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



;mment agencies and a wide range of business, 
;ocial, religious, and educational organizations. 
Dpportunities are found in the fields of journal- 
sm, publishing, communications, trade, bank- 
ng, advertising, management, and tourism. The 
)rogram also offers flexible career preparation 
n a variety of essential skills, such as research, 
lata analysis, report writing, language skills, 
md the awareness necessary for dealing with 
people and institutions of another culture, 
^reparation for related careers can be obtained 
hrough the guided selection of courses outside 
he major in the areas of business, economics, 
breign languages and literatures, government, 
listory , and international relations or through a 
;econd major. Students should design their 
urograms in consultation with members of the 
Committee on International Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
3n page 90. By completing a major in the 
"oreign languages (five or more courses) and 
:he education program, students can be certified 
:o teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
Drograms such as programs at Westminster 
College in Oxford, England, as well as the 
Washington and United Nations semesters. 




The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: INST 449. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the international system and of Europe's 
relations with the rest of the world. PSCI 225 
is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomatic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and economic 
environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

1 Europe 1815-Present 
Economic Geography 
Comparative Politics and 
Geography 

Europe in the Era of the 
World Wars 
Contemporary Europe 



HIST 1 1 1 
ECON 240 
PSCI 221 



HIST 218 



20()I-U2 ACAUbMIC CATALOG 



HIST 219 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 221, plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 




LITERATURE 



(LIT) 



Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 



France 
Germany 

Spain 



FRN 228 
HIST N80 

SPAN 3 1 1 



Modem France 
Topics in 
German History 
Hispanic Culture 



Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
HIST 1 10, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign 
literature courses counting toward the fine arts 
requirement and internships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent indepen- 
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons from 
outside the major and the College. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. 



This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 
200 and above in English and 400 and above 
in foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent i 
study, may have as its subject another period, ' 
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. 
Beyond these six, the major must include at 
least two additional courses from among those 
counting toward a major in the departments 
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the , 
respective departments (for example: ENGL I 
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222, 
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the 
freshman year. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with a faculty 
member from each of the literatures con- , 
cemed. Programs for the major must be I 
approved by the departments involved. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 




MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, 

Sprechini (Chairperson), Weida 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, 

Golshan, Peluso 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis 
The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science 
consists of 13 courses: MATH 116; either 
MATH 109 or 128; one from MATH 112, 129, 
or 130: CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 
448, and three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above including approved 
internships, or MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 17 courses: MATH 116, 128, 129, and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 
445. 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 110-111, CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226; and one additional course from the 



following list of courses: Biology course 
numbered 1 10 or above. Chemistry course 
numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214, 
231. 233, 234, 238, 321, 331, 332. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 129 
and 130. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: CPTR 246, 247, 346, 
448. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 1 16, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two 
other computer science courses numbered 220 
or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the Windows environment. 0/ze- 
halfunit of credit. This course may not be 
used to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING 
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS 

An introduction to the use of microcom- 
puter-based, integrated software in solving 
problems from mathematics and related areas. 
Included are uses of spreadsheet, database and 
graphics functions to analyze, solve, and 
display solutions to problems from the areas 
of number theory, algebra, geometry, statis- 
tics, and the mathematics of business and 
finance. Emphasis is given to the processes 
involved in mathematical modeling. Labora- 
tory experience is included using current 
software. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp- 
tion from MATH 100. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of computer 
science with emphasis on programming 
utihzing a block-structured high-level pro- 
gramming language. Topics include algo- 
rithms, program structure, and computer 
configuration. Laboratory experience is 
included. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp- 
tion from MATH 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured and object oriented 
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
decision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in CPTR 125. 

241 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and analysis of 
algorithms associated with data structures. 
Topics include representation of lists, trees, 
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching 
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
better in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor. 
Corequisite: MATH 116. 

248 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 

Study of modem programming language 
design and implementation. Paradigms studied 
include procedural, functional, logic, and 
object-oriented. Topics include syntax, 
semantics, data types, data structures, storage 
management, and control structures. Labora- 
tory experience is included. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 247. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of inteipolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of roots 



and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion, 
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as MATH 321. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, | 
AND COMPUTABILITY j 

The study of finite state machines, push- j 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 1 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. . 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 116 or 234. 
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intermediate programming on the World 
Wide Web. Topics covered include client/server 
issues in Web publishing, Java Script, VB 
Script, Java, Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 
246 or consent of instructor Alternate years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 
GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, 
color models, and rendering. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 246 and either CPTR 247 or consent of 
instructor; MATH 130 recommended. Alter- 
nate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 
path and control, pipelined processors, 
memory hierarchies, and performance issues. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



aboratory experience is included. Pre- 
■ec/uisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR 
146; CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 

W9 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

I An in-depth introduction to the relational 
database model and SQL. Topics include but 
ire not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
:alculus, normalization, design theory of 
-elational databases, SQL standards, and 
query optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Mternate years. 

141 

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction to the theory, implementation 
techniques, and applications of artificial 
intelligence. Topics may include but are not 
limited to knowledge representation, problem 
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

445 

OPERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, 
file management, real and virtual memory 
management, file and memory addressing, and 
distributed processing. Prerequisite: CPTR 
247 and 346. 

448 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, 
development and documentation of a signifi- 
cant current, relevant problem and its com- 
puter-based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit 
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR 
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 
434, and two other mathematics courses 
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be 
replaced by MATH 1 12, 1 16 or 214. In 
addition, four semesters of non-credit Math 
Colloquium are required: two semesters each 
of MATH 339 and MATH 449. Students who 
are interested in pursuing a career in actuarial 
science should consider the actuarial math- 
ematics major. 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifi- 
cation in mathematics are also required to 
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123, 
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect 
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other 
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10, 
138; EDUC 200, 446, 447, 449. 

In addition to the regular courses listed 
below, special courses are occasionally avail- 
able. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: MATH 234. Stu- 
dents must check semester class schedules to 
detennine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
128, 129, 234, 238, and two additional courses 
numbered 200 or above, one of which may be 
replaced with MATH 130. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

A computer-based program of instruction in 
basic algebra including arithmetic and decimals, 
fractions, the real number line, factoring, 
solutions to linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear and quadratic functions, 
expressions with rational exponents, algebraic 
functions, exponential functions, and inequali- 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



ties. This course is limited to students placed 
therein by the Mathematics Department. One- 
half unit of credit. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
posed in everyday language while still 
developing soph-isticated mathematical 
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 
128. Prerequisite: Creditfor or exemption 
from MATH 100. 

112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabilistic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequisite: 
Creditfor or exemption from MA TH 1 00. 

116 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, parti- 
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc- 
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic, 
discrete number systems, elementary combi- 
natorial theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, groups, lattices, 
Boolean algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequi- 
site: CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses { 
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, | 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes 
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: ^ 
Creditfor or exemption front MATH 100 

127 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), 
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose 
major specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequi- 
site: Creditfor or exemption from MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external prob- 
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids 
of revolution, and other applications; differen- 
tiation and integration of transcendental 
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi- 
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series 
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128: 
Exemption from or a grade ofC- or better in 
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption 
from or a grade ofC- or better in MATH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



ndependence. Matrix representations of 
inear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Jpecial classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
\1ATH 127 or its equivalent. 

•05 

MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY 
iDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
ilementary school teachers and is required of 
ill those seeking elementary certification, 
fopics include systems of numbers and 
lumeration, computational algorithms, 
environmental and transformation geometry, 
neasurement, and mathematical concept 
brmation. Observation and participation in 
jreater Williamsport elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: PSY 138 and credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. Corequisite: 
\ny EDUC course numbered 341 or above 
vhich is specifically required for elementary 
certification. 

X14 

y4ULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ng several variables. Topics include multiple 
•egression and correlation, one-and two-way 
inalysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
inalysis of two- and three-way contingency 
ables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
nay include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
ind canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
•ic methods. Course also includes extensive 
jse of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in 
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332. 

231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 



methods may also be included. Prerequisite: 
A grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH 
130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matrices; 
lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector functions of 
a single variable, acceleration, curvature; 
functions for several variables, gradient; line 
integrals, vector fields, multiple integrals, change 
of variable, areas, volumes; Green's theorem. 
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in MATH 
129. and either MATH 130 or 231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion, 
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
stnmgly recommended Cross-listed as CPTR 
321. 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 116 or 234. 
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS MI 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 
familiarize the student with the various 
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova- 
tion within the existing curriculum, and to 
expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
better in MATH 129: student must be junior or 
senior mathematics major enrolled in the 
secondary certification program. 



338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera-i 
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology of 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

438 
SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 

339 & 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This non-credit but required course for 
mathematics and actuarial mathematics majors 
offers students a chance to hear presentations 
on topics related to, but not directly covered in 
formal MATH courses. Mathematics majors 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • 



MILITARY SCIENCE 

• 




)resent two lectures, one during the junior 
/ear and one during the senior year. Actuarial 
nathematics majors present one lecture during 
me of the semesters in which they are 
jnrolled. A letter grade will be given in 
lemesters in which the student gives a 
)resentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of 
nstructor. One hour per week. 

170-479 

NTERNSHIP (See index) 

^J80-N89 

NDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

190-491 

NDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoming 
College students in cooperation with Bucknell 
University. The introductory courses are 
taught on Lycoming's campus and the program 
provides transportation to Bucknell University 
for the advanced courses. Details of the ROTC 
program can be found on page 41 . 

The following courses may be used to fulfill 
one semester of the Physical Activities Distribu- 
tion Requirement: 1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 . 

on 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
Army as a potential employer after graduation. 
Students will learn about the Army's history, 
organization, equipment, and role in the 
nation. Students will also learn some funda- 
mental military skills, customs, and traditions. 
No credit. 

012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marksman- 
ship skills. There will also be training in radio 
communication and first aid skills. No credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 



l(K)\-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY SCIENCE • MUSIC 



the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 
menting decisions, motivation and supervi- 
sion. The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




MUSIC (Mus) 



Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 

Visiting Instructor: Woodruff 

Part-time Instructors: Anstey, Bailey, Breon, 

Janda, Laib, Lakey, Leidhecker, Lundquist, 

McEuen, Mullen, Orris 
The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 
169). The major must include at least one-half 
hour of piano in the applied program unless a 
piano proficiency test is requested and passed. 
Anyone declaring music as a second major 
must do so by the beginning of the junior year. 

Music majors seeking teacher certification in 
music education (K-12) must also take PSY 
1 10 and 1 38; EDUC 200, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 



epartment as soon as possible, preferably 
efore scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
on-majors select courses from the following 
st to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
16, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
lusic and ensemble courses may also be used 
3 meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
xperience in public performance. Music 
lajors and other students qualified in perfor- 
lance may present formal recitals. 

The following courses have been approved 
jo be offered as cultural diversity courses: MUS 
i 16, 128, 234. Students must check semester 
Itlass schedules to determine which courses 
[re offered as "D" courses for that semester. 
' The following course has been approved to 
|)e offered as a writing intensive course and 
nay be offered as such: MUS 336. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
ietermine which courses are offered as "W" 
bourses for that semester. 

110-111 

vlUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
vho have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
heoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
nusicianship through application of applied 
ikills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
liques of music. Examples drawn from various 
Deriods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
:ion through careful and informed listening. 

117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of Ameri- 
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the 
present. Categories to be covered are folk music 
of different origins, the development of show 
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert 
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and 
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to 
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for THEA 
135-136 or THEA 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de 
couroi 1 7th century France to the present with 
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien, 
Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half unit of 
credit. Not open to students who have received 
credit for THEA 1 37 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of 
in.structor. One-half unit of credit. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
THEA 137 or 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1 890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 
or THEA 235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and non- 
majors who wish to explore their composing 
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller 



instrumental and vocal forms, together with 
identification and use of techniques employee 
by the major composers of the 20th century. 
Prerequisite: MUS HI or consent of instructoti 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequen 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive, 
and informed conducting. Other areas such as 
the development of rehearsal techniques and 
improvement of aural skills will be addressed or 
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras 

336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II - 

The development of musical styles and ^ 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modern eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instruments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instmmen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 1 10-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



MUSIC 

• 



340 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
in the elementary school with emphasis on 
conceptual development through singing, 
moving, listening, playing classroom instru- 
ments, and creating music. Course work will 
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical 
use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as 
observation of music classes in elementary 
schools in the Greater Williamsport area. 
Alternate years. 

341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
in the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills for 
effective instruction in all aspects of music 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
conducting of choral and instrumental en- 
sembles, will be examined. Course work will 
include evaluation of instructional and 
performance materials, practical use of the 
recorder and guitar in middle school settings, 
as well as observation of music classes in 
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport 
area. Alternate years. 

440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with analysis of selected 
works from the 20th century repertory. Pre- 
requisite: MUS 330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 



at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, 117 or 
221 : or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May he repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One half- 
hour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit. 
Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if the 
student enrolls for one or two ensembles (for 
more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four aca- 
demic courses. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsichord; 
161, Voice; 1 62, Strings or Guitar; 1 63, Organ; 
164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166, 
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional 
Charges under Financial Matters on page 1 4. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this regional 
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is 
contingent upon audition and the availability of 
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in orchestra only 
should register for MUS 1 67B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert 
Band as the second group. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 1 68A ( 1/2 hour credit) or 
MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 
The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an en- 
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing 
quality choral literature while developing 
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two different 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band 
as the second ensemble. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169 A (Band - 1/2 hour credit). 
If a student has auditioned and been selected 
for the Chamber Choir (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 168C in 
addition to registering for the Lycoming 
College Choir. 



169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students : 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and develo]' 
personal musicianship through participation in 
group instrumental activity. Participation in the 
Band is contingent upon audition. Students are 
allowed a maximum of one hour of Ensemble 
credit per semester. A student who is enrolled 
in Band only should register for MUS 169B 
(one hour credit). A student may belong to twt| 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir 
as the second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit) plus ! 
either MUS 167A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has audi- 
tioned and been selected for the woodwind or 
brass quintets (no credit available), he/she 
should register for MUS 169C or 169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS 
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods (one hour credit) 

MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods (one hour credit; 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



NURSING 




NURSING (NURS) 

PROGRAM NOTE: The Bachelor of Science in 
Niirsiiiii degree will be discontinued as of August 
2003. In order to enter the Nursing program, a 
student must complete all degree requirements 
(distribution, major, and electives) by the end of 
August 2003. 

Professor: Pagana 

Associate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson), 
Visiting Instructors: Hartung, Terry-Manchester 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Ingram 
Part-time Instructors: Bower, Davis, Hoy, 
Maloney, Stoll, 
Courses in Nursing will not be available 
after spring semester 2003. 

Students wishing to major in nursing will be 
admitted to the College under the usual admis- 
sion procedures. Freshmen are required to 
satisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO 
1 10-1 1 1 and PSY 110. In addition, to be 
considered for continuation in nursing, a 
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion 
of the freshman year, and any student who did 
not successfully complete high school chemis- 
try must satisfactorily complete one semester 
of college chemistry. A declaration of major 
form should be submitted to the Department of 
Nursing by April 30 of the Freshman year. 

Major in Nursing 

The major in nursing consists of: NURS 
120, 121, 200, 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333, 
337, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 



438, 439, 440, 441, and 442. Statistics also is 
required. Courses are ordered and must be taken 
in sequence. In addition, the following are 
prerequisites for specific nursing courses: BIO 
1 10, 1 1 1, 323, 328; PSY 1 10. NURS 339 and 
340 are taken the May Term between the junior 
and senior years. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: NURS 221, 432 and 
433, and 435. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Second Degree Students 

The Department of Nursing offers a unique 
opportunity for individuals who have already 
earned a baccalaureate degree in another 
discipline to complete the requirements for a 
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in 
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete 
the liberal arts and general science requirements 
prior to beginning this 18 month clinical track. 

Applications are accepted throughout the 
academic year with clinical nursing courses 
beginning in Summer Session I. Individualized 
advisement is available on an ongoing basis 
through the Department of Nursing. 

Registered Nurses 

The Department of Nursing offers an 
alternative curriculum for registered nurses 
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals 
of this alternative curriculum are to provide 
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn an 
educationally sound B.S.N, degree while 
completing the degree requirements in as short a 
time period as possible, and to meet the unique 
needs of registered nurses. NURS 302 is open 
only to registered nurses and is required as part 
of the alternative curriculum. 

The Department of Nursing supports the 
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which 
promotes the practice of providing educational 
programs for nurses from state approved and 
National League for Nursing accredited schools 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



which facilitates progression into the next 
educational program without unnecessary 
repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP 
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility 
Exams) will be required for (1) individuals 
who graduated from any nursing program 
more than 10 years prior to application, (2) 
individuals who graduated more than 3 years 
prior to application and who have not worked 
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years, 
or (3) individuals who graduated from non- 
NLN accredited nursing programs. 

RNs from an NLN accredited program who 
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into 
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated 
from an NLN accredited program more than 3 
but not more than 10 years before matriculat- 
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have 
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last 
three years will receive transfer credit for 
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330, 
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon 
successful completion of NURS 441, Compre- 
hensive Nursing Care. 

To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be 
required to successfully complete NURS 302, 
339, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 438, 439, 441, 
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to 
take any 4 science courses chosen from 
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher, 
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap- 
proved by the Department of Nursing upon 
evaluation of a student's transcript. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the 
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is 
offered to all registered nurses. 

School Nurse Certification 

The Department of Nursing, in collaboration 
with the Department of Education, offers an 
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse 
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing 
student) who wishes to be certified as a school 
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide 
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career 
mobility. Courses required for completion of 



the certification program consist of EDUC 200. 
an approved education-related elective, PSY 
138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and 431. In 
addition, the following are prerequisites for 
specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 1 17. 

Additional information for registered nurses 
seeking School Nurse Certification is available 
from the Department of Nursing. Individualize 
advising is offered to all prospective School 
Nurse Candidates. 

Clinical Learning Resources 

In addition to the College's modem, well- 
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with 
Critical Care Unit and interactive video technol 
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided ir 
the adjacent Learning Center which is equipped 
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual 1 
materials. 

A wide variety of health-care agencies in tht, 
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi- . 
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies 
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evangeli 
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Leader 
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center, 
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser- 
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamspor 
Home. 

Expenses of the Nursing Program 

Students are responsible for their own tran- 
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The student 
of nursing assumes all financial obligations 
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin 
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinical 
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331, 
332, 333. 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi- 
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin, 
watch with second hand, bandage scissors, 
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual health 
examinations, and standardized achievement test: 

Students must also maintain annual Health 
Provider CPR certification as offered by the 
American Heart Association or American Red 
Cross. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



Policies Specific to Nursing 

I In addition to the Lycoming College 
continuance policies, the following policies are 
specific to all declared majors in the Depart- 
ment of Nursing: 

1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all 
clinical nursing courses to continue in the 
nursing program. These courses are NURS 

I 200, 22 1 , 330, 33 1 , 332, 333, 340, 438, 
439, 440, and 441 . Students who earn a 
grade of less than 70 percent or 1 .67 in 
either the theoretical or clinical component 
of a nursing course will be required to 
repeat both components of the course 
j before being permitted to continue in the 
I nursing sequence. Students who do not 
' satisfy this requirement in the second attempt 
will be dismissed from the nursing program. 

2. Policies regarding absence from classes or 
from the clinical portion of nursing 
courses are determined by the instructor(s) 
responsible for the course. No absence 
from the clinical portion of the course will 
be excused other than for illness or family 
emergency. In individual cases, students 
may make arrangements with instructors to 
be excused for extracurricular activities. 
Excessive absence for any reason will 
necessitate repeating the entire course. 

Nursing Scholars Program 

The Nursing Scholars Program is a depart- 
mental honors program designed to recognize 
and support continued development of the 
academically talented student. Students who 
are invited to membership in this program 
participate in special nursing seminars, have 
internships and/or independent study experi- 
ences and give formal presentations during the 
senior year. 

To be invited to become a Nursing 
Scholar, a student must have: 

a. Declared a major in nursing. 

b. Participated in three activities sponsored 
by the Center for Nursing Excellence 

(CNE). 



c. Demonstrated academic excellence with 
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

d. Demonstrated those qualities most 
conducive to a positive and contributing 
member of the nursing profession 
including professional commitment and 
community service. 

To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, 
the student must : 

a. Complete an approved internship, 
practicum and/or independent study or 
honors project; 

b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a 
nursing GPA of 3.25. 

c. Continue to participate in CNE 
sponsored activities. 

d. Continue to develop those attributes 
necessary for professional success, 
including a commitment to the profession 
and community service. 

Students with a major in nursing and who are 
currently Lycoming College Scholars may become 
Nursing Scholars and participate in both programs. 

Center for Nursing Excellence 

The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE) 
provides educational opportunities for 
Lycoming College students as well as health 
care professionals in the greater Williamsport 
community. The CNE offers professional 
education in the form of courses-for-credit and 
non-credit continuing education (CE) courses. 

All students who have a declared major in 
nursing or who are designated prenursing are 
encouraged to participate in career and profes- 
sional development seminars offered by faculty 
from the Department of Nursing. In addition, a 
limited number of internships are available to 
qualified applicants. Additional information is 
available through the Center for Nursing Excel- 
lence. 

101 

TOPICS IN HEALTH 

Exploration of health-related topics designed 
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student and 
non-majors. Topics vary. May be repeated 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



for credit. No prerequisites. ]/2 unit of credit. 
May not be used to satisfy major require- 
ments. 

120 

NURSING SEMINAR I 

Designed for the pre-nursing student. 
Focus is on career opportunities available to 
nurses, roles and responsibilities of nurses, 
educational requirements, and history of 
nursing. Emphasis is also placed on survival 
skills for college and for the nursing major. 
The grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. This course is required of 
all pre-nursing students. 

121 

NURSING SEMINAR II 

Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus 
is on the development of professional writing 
skills pertinent to nursing, professional 
behaviors, and portfolio development. The 
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One 
hour per week. This course is required of all 
pre-nursing students. 

200 

HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS 
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN 

Primary focus on wellness which includes 
normal growth and development, health 
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition. 
Introductory therapeutic communication and 
teaching/learning skills are explored. Applica- 
tion of theory to individuals, families and 
communities occurs during clinical experi- 
ences in the community setting. One hour of 
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2 
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 110, 111 
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion of 
the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323 or 
338. 

221 

FOUNDATIONS OF 
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 

Introduction of major theoretical elements 
underlying professional practice. Focus on 



common health problems and basic rehabilita- 
tion principles while recognizing the multi- 
directional influence of the individual, family 
and environment. The student will utilize the 
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a 
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of 
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory. 
I unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10, 111; 
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338. 
Open to nursing majors only. 

302 

PERSPECTIVES ON PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING 

This course introduces the student to the 
historical and political development of the 
profession of nursing. The foundations of 
professional nursing practice are discussed 
with a critical view on nursing theory, profes- j 
sionalism in nursing, and career development.' 
Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. ' 
Open to RNs only. 

324 

HEALTH ASSESSMENT . 

Identification and demonstration of basic 
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed ! 
on assessment findings across the life span. 
Focus on normal findings with attention on 
development of skill and confidence in 
performing physical assessments. Meets two 
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite: 
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor. 
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor, i 

330-331 I 

NURSING CARE OF | 

THE DEVELOPING FAMILY 

Examination of health and nursing needs ol 
beginning and developing families. Initial 
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and 
infants within the family unit as well as the 
common health problems of children through i 
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing 
needs of children and mothers with health ; 
problems of acute and long term nature, the j 
influence of illness on the family. Three hour\ 
of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory. I 1/4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



NURSING 



units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330: 
NURS221; Corequisites: NURS 324, 332, 
and 33 7. Prerequisite for NURS 33 1 : NURS 
324, 330, 332, and 337: Corequisites: 
NURS 333, 338, and 424. 

332-333 

NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT 

Identification of adult health care needs and 
implementation of nursing activities based on 
an understanding of growth and development, 
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter- 
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven- 
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical 
laboratory. 1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for 
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS 
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS 
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites: 
NURS 331, 338, and 424. 

337-338 

BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY 

AND THERAPEUTICS I and II 

Fundamentals of pharmacology and 
therapeutics are presented for the various 
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi- 
cal and physiological processes. Interactions 
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are 
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS 
324, 330, and 332, or consent of instructor. 
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333, 
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non- 
nursing majors with appropriate science back- 
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors. 

339 
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 

The study of physiologic mechanisms 
altered by illness, injury or disease processes 
in humans. Fundamental disease processes, 
specific illnesses, and their effects on human 
homeostasis will be discussed. The links 
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and 
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized. 
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS 
33 f 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open 



to non-majors by consent of instructor. 

340 

CLINICAL PRACTICUM 

Focus is on the integration of concepts 
from pathophysiology, application of knowl- 
edge while caring for clients with complex 
health problems in a variety of nursing 
settings. Students will enhance current 
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours 
of clinical laboratory. One -half unit of credit. 
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338. 
Corequisite: NURS 339 

422 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Examination of learning theories appropriate 
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts 
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan- 
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the 
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be 
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2 
unit of credit. Required for school nurse 
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

423 

HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL 

Clinical practice includes teaching experience 
in the public school system. This practice 
results in a culmination of the theoretical con- 
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical 
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required for 
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of 
advanced assessment techniques with an 
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning 
experiences are provided to develop a 
systematic approach to physical assessment. 
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on 
the correlation of assessment findings and 
major health deviations. Meets two hours 
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites: 
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor. 



2(K)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



425 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 
CLINICAL LABORATORY 

A clinical laboratory that allows additional 
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424. 
Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM 

Essentials of school health, school nursing, 
and health promotion. These concepts serve as 
a basis for the development of an understand- 
ing of the role of the school with the opportu- 
nity to function in the role of the school nurse. 
It is a course built on the culmination of know- 
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses 
and nursing experiences. 210 hours clinical 
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL 
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all 
other requirements for certification and have 
obtained departmental approval. Must have a 
valid Pennsylvania RN license. 

432 

NURSING RESEARCH I 

Introduction to the theory and process of 
research with emphasis on critical analysis of 
research and the development of a research 
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful 
completion of NURS 331, 333, or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing 
majors. 

433 

NURSING RESEARCH II 

Implementation of the research process. 
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will 
provide the basis for data collection, analysis 
and reporting of research findings. Continued 
development of critical analysis skills. Two 
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq- 
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor. 
Not open to students who have completed 



NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with 
consent of instructor. 

435 

RESEARCH IN NURSING 

Expansion of theoretical basis of research 
methodology with emphasis on analyzing, 
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research. 
Development and implementation of a researcl 
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four 
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis- 
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Open to non-nursing majors. 

438 

HIGH ACUITY NURSING 
Combines conceptual foundations and clinical i 
decision making regarding the care of high 
acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap 
between core medical surgical content and 
more advanced critical care concepts. Three 
hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab. 
1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS 
339 or consent of instructor. 

439 

NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY 

Overview of the role of the community 
health nurse in a variety of community and 
mental health venues. Discussion of the 
history and future of community health nursing 
including attributes of practice. Health and 
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic 
political, legal and ethical influences; environ- 
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable 
disease and vulnerable populations (including 
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be 
addressed. Focus is on the application and 
integration of health and wellness concepts. 
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical 
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS 
440, 438, or consent of instructor. 

440 i 

NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 

Examination of disturbed human relation- 
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal, 
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad- ' 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING • PHILOSOPHY 



vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships 
within the context of family, community, and 
health care systems. Three hours of lecture and 
7 hours clinical laboratory. I unit. Prerequi- 
sites: NURS 331, 333, 339, and 340. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE 

Culminating nursing course with focus on 
leadership and management issues in health 
care. Seminars provide opportunities for 
students to share commonalities and unique 
aspects of professional practice. A concen- 
trated clinical practicum will provide students 
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and 
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and 
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units. 
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

An analysis of nursing issues in the context 
of the historical background of the profession, 
the social forces which influence nursing, and 
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour 
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

443 

TOPICS IN NURSING 

Selected topic courses in nursing designed 
to permit students to pursue subjects which, 
because of their specialized nature, may not be 
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit. 
May be repeated for credit with departmental 
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING 

An opportunity to develop and implement 
an individual plan of study under faculty 
guidance. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PHILOSOPHY (PHIL) 

Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 
A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440. and at 
least four others numbered 225 or above. 
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major 
only once. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 , 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers three 
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of 
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or 
above, or any five philosophy courses which 
include three numbered 220 or above. 
(2) A minor in philosophy and law consists of 
four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335, 
337, 340 and independent studies. (3) A 
minor in philosophy and science consists of 
four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340 
and independent studies. Since topics in PHIL 
340 and independent studies vary, these 
courses may count toward a minor only if they 
are approved by the department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 
115 
PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 



the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of 
fair distribution of goods and opportunities, 
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to 
business practice. Discussion centers on some 
of the suggestions philosophers have made 
about how to deal with these issues. Not open [ 
to juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between mind and 
body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 
and the problem of personal identity. Not 
open to juniors and seniors except with 
consent of instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaning 
are illustrated by means of practical examples, 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

A systematic and philosophically informed 
consideration of some typical moral problems 
faced by individuals in a business setting, and 
a philosophical examination of some common 
moral criticisms of the American business 
system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG: 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 



indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in 
connection with the American criminal justice 
system. Typically included are controversies 
about the nature and purpose of punishment, 
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct 
understanding of criminal responsibility, and 
the rationale and extent of our basic human 
rights with respect to the criminal law. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 



224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from Socrates 
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the 
relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modem symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
logic of propositional functions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of 
religious discourse, arguments for and against 
the existence of God, and the relation between 
religion and science. Readings from classical 
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 
333 
PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John 
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
well as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 
sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 



without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. 
With consent of the instructor, this course may 
be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the independent 
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical 
research and writing. Each student undertakes 
an approved research project and produces a 
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to, 
and required of senior philosophy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 
Part-time Intstructor: Dill 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1 . Designated Physical Activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses (Oil, 
021,031,041). 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on 
the potential use of activities as recreational 
and leisure time interests. 



105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes meet 
twice a week with basic instruction in fund- 
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of various 
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of 
activities as recreational and leisure time interests. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two full 
seasons must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. It is the 
student's responsibility to withdraw from the 
course should they not complete the season. 

110 - BASKETBALL 

111 - CROSS COUNTRY 

112 - FOOTBALL 

113 - GOLF 

114 - SOCCER 

115 - SOFTBALL 

116 - SWIMMING 

117 - TENNIS 

118 - TRACK 

119 - VOLLEYBALL 

120 - WRESTLING 

121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half semester 
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that may 
include Stress Management, Preventing Com- 
municable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. These 
courses promote student wellness during their 
stay at Lycoming as well as their post graduate 
years. This course may he repeated with the 
same topics only with departmental consent. 

105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one .semester of 



2(K)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

• 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



-•I 



wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that 
may include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness 
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their 
post graduate years. This course may be 
repeated with the same topics only with 
departmental consent. 

106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
weUness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of 
injury and illness. American Red Cross First 
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon 
successful completion of the course. 

COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
in a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. An experiential learning 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote stu- 
dents' personal and social development as well 
as civic responsibility. Students must pre - 
register for this course. May not be repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community serx'ice. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in 
a somewhat more sophisticated level of 
learning and service. Students must preregis- 
terfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105. 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professors: Roskin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at the 
international, national, state, and local levels. 
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to 
make independent, objective analyses which 
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the 
social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major can 
provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach secon- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



dary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 96. 

A major in Political Science consists of 
eight courses as follows: PSCI 106, PSCI 400; 
two courses in American Politics from PSCI 
111, 223, 333, 347, 448; one course in Legal 
Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, 436; 
two courses in World Politics from PSCI 221, 
225, 243, 327, 439; and one additional PSCI 
course. Prospective majors are encouraged to 
take PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An 
exemption will be granted only if it strengthens 
the student's program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: PSCI 
221, 327. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: PSCI 334, 400. Students 
must check semester class schedules to deter- 
mine which courses are offered as "W" courses 
for that semester. 

Minors 

For non-majors, the department offers three 
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of 
any four courses numbered 200 or above from 
areas A to C; a minor in World Politics consists 
of four courses selected from area C; and a minor 
in Legal Studies consists of four courses in area 
B. Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 



An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the 
mass media on American society. Consider- 
ation of how the media form attitudes, 
nominate and elect candidates, cover news, 
and monitor governmental activities as well as 
possible remedies to media-related problems. 
Alternate years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 

223 

PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS 

The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and 
interactions of the U.S. presidency and 
congress. Special attention is given presi- 
dents, senators, and congresspersons who 
substantially contribute to the democratic 
process. Alternate years. 

225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international systems, 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



-• 



327 

WORLD CRISES 

The study of selected current major interna- 
tional problems, such as the Middle East, 
Balkans, East Asia, India-Pakistan, or 
whatever new dangers arise. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi- 
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional 
law and procedural rules which dominate 
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal 
law explores concepts relating to criminal 
responsibility and the establishment of 
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot 
button" issues in the field: balancing protec- 
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's 
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia- 
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice 
system; mandatory sentencing schemes; 
management challenges to fast handling of 
criminal cases; the changing line between 
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of 
using criminal punishment in an attempt to 
control some forms of behavior. There will be 
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi- 
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of 
instructor. 



333 

BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION 

The business of making government work 
at the administrative level. The organizational 
structure, relevant laws and court cases, and 
legislative oversight of federal, state, and local 
public bureaucracy. Alternate years. 

334 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the 
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and 
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and includes 
analyses of women's issues currently on 
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

A capstone course required for majors in 
Political Science normally taken in their 
senior year. Students will integrate their 
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen 
their methodological sophistication by 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



e 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY 



applying several analytical approaches to a 
series of case studies. Open to non-majors 
with permission of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

448 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic 
and methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which 
people's political opinions are formed, the 
manipulation of public opinion through the 
uses of propaganda, and the American 
response to politics and political issues. 
Alternative years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning situations 
with a wide variety of public and private 
agencies and organizations. Students have 
served as interns with the Public Defender's 
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis- 
trator, and the Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal— while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PSYCHOLOGY (psy) 

Professor: Ryan (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Berthold 
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Olsen 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Beery 
Visiting Instructors: Cimini, Ellis, Mitchell 

The major provides training in both theoreti- 
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to 
meet the needs of students seeking careers in 
psychology or other natural or social sciences. 
It also meets the needs of students seeking a 
better understanding of human behavior as a 
means of furthering individual and career 
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and 
others are urged to discuss course selections in 
psychology with members of the department 
to help insure appropriate course .selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 
436. Statistics also is required. 



20()l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Students interested in teacher certifica- 
tion should refer to the Department of 
Education on page 96. 

The following course has been approved 
to be offered as a cultural diversity course: 
PSY 341. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that 
semester. 

The following courses have been 
approved to be offered as writing intensive 
courses and may be offered as such: PSY 
225, 324, 333, 431, 432, and 436. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PSY 
1 10 and four other psychology courses 
(three of which must be numbered 200 or 
above) which must be approved by the 
department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or 
applied topic in psychology. Different 
topics will be explored different semesters. 
Potential topics 

include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elemen- 
tary and advanced undergraduates. A^o 
Prerequisites. One-half unit of credit. May 
be repeated once for credit with departmen- 
tal permission. May not be used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, person- 
ality, social, physiological, sensory, 
cognition, and developmental. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to research and theories on 
small group formation, structure, and perfor- 
mance. Topics include group communication, 
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision- 
making. Emphasis will be placed upon applying 
principles of group dynamics to different types 
of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of 
instructor. May term only. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the concept- 
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically 
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, pupil 
and teacher characteristics, concept learning, 
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and 
values, motivation, retention and transfer, 
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite: 
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, the 
relation between love and sex will be ex- 
plored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

lis 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will 
cover targeting behavior, base-rating, 
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu- 
ation. Learning-based modification tech- 
niques such as contingency management, 
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina- 
tion training, aversive conditioning, and 
negative practice will be examined. Pre- 
requisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of 



adulthood. Focus will be upon adult transi- 
tions, stress management, intimate relation- 
ships, sexuality, parenting skills, and work 
adjustment. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psychology 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of criminal 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity 
defense, and criminal profiling analysis. 
Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 116. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organi- 
zation of the nervous system to the phenom- 
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, including 
scale transformation, norms, standardization, 
validation procedures, and estimation of 
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and statis- 
tics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 



2(X)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSYllO. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD 
DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopathol- 
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse, neglect, 
sexual abuse, and children from violent homes, 
alcoholic homes, and homes with mentally ill 
parents will be studied. The course will focus 
on empirical literature about dysfunctional 
families and child development, biographical 
and political perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 
1 16 and 117, or consent of instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of stadstics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110, 431 
and statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY 
110 and statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is best 
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year, 
because it integrates material from diverse 
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSYllO. 



448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. Students have, forj 
example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas for 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 

• 




RELIGION (RED 

Professor: Hughes (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Johnson 
Instructor: Knauth 

A major consists of 10 courses, including 
REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least seven 
courses must be taken in the department. The 
following courses may be counted toward 
fulfilling the major requirements: GRK 221 
and 222, HEBR 221 and 222, HIST 340 and 
416, PHIL 332, and SOC 333. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
REL 1 10, 224, 225, 226, 228. Students must 
check semester class schedules to determine 
which courses are offered as "D" courses for 
that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: REL 230, 33 1 , 337. 



Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 1 1 0, 1 1 3 or 1 1 4 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
221, 222 and HEBR 221 and 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be religious. 
Some of the issues are the definition of 
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts 
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific 
attention will be devoted to the current 
problem of cults and religious liberty. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction 
to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of religion 
and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what 
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues 
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide, 
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of 
death and immortality. Course includes, as 
optional, practical projects with terminal 
patients under professional supervision. Only 
one course from the combination ofREL 120 
and 121 may be used for distribution. 



121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life after 
death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation, 
and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. REL 120 is 
recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination of REL 120 and 
121 may be used for distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 

223 

THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY 

A study of the historical, cultural, and rel- 
igious background of the formation of 
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian 
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and 
in Hellenism. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contribu- 
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological method 
and a study in depth of several representative 
excavations along with the artifacts and material 
culture recovered from different historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 
ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 



230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions 
will be sought to questions such as: What 
does it feel like to be religious or to have a 
religious experience? What is the religious 
function in human development? How does 
one think psychologically about theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include 
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea 
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins, 
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 
Gospels and John give final form to their 
message. Course will vary from year to year 
and may be repeated for credit once if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an archaeological dig in the 
Near East. Instruction in excavation techniques, 
recording and the processing of artifacts. A 
survey of excavation and research and the use 
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating 
historical and cultural changes. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An interdis- 
ciplinary minor in Biblical Languages requires 
the completion of GRK 221, 222 and HEBR 

221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities ! 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS .| 

A comparative study of the synoptic tradition 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

222 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 

Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 221, 222 and 
HEBR 221, 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 

GRAMMAR AND READINGS , 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew "j 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy' humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa- 
ment with special attention being given to 
exegetical questions. The text read varies 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 




from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 or 
equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Professor: Boerckel (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite: 
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



2(M)l-()2 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: S. Alexander 
Assistant Professor: Ross 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 1 10, 1 14, 229, 
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cuitural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222, 

229, 330, 430, 443, and 444. In addition, 
students must select two courses from among 
the following: SOC 220, 221, 228, 300, 334, 
and 335. Students are also required to choose 
two units from the following courses: PSY 
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230. 
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226; 
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 95. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SOC 
229, 33 1 , 334, 335, 336, 337. Students must 
check semester class schedules to determine 
which courses are offered as "D" courses for 
that semester. 




The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: SOC 222, 228, 229, 230, 331. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including J 
analysis of stratification, organization of " 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. | 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 
goals, examination of biological and cultural 
evolution, the fossil evidence for human 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

221 

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 

A multidisciplinary approach to the study 
of the constellation of factors that relate to 
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the 
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice 
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and 
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

222 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human 
services profession. It will review the history, 
the range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of 
instructor. 

228 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
portrayals as well as such variables as health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 
Sociological, social psychological, and 
anthropological frames of reference are utilized 



in analysis and description of aging and its 
relationship to the individual and society. 
Prerequisite: SOC no. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social anthro- 
pology designed to familiarize the student with 
the analytical approaches to the diverse cultures 
of the world. The relevancy of cultural anthro- 
pology for an understanding of the human 
condition will be stressed. Topics to be covered 
include the nature of primitive societies in 
contrast to civilizations, the concept of culture 
and cultural relativism, the individual and 
culture, the social patterning of behavior and 
social control, an anthropological perspective on 
the culture of the United States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavior 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and 
alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions 
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of 
crime; epidemiology of crime, including 
explanation of statistical distribution of 
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and 
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 



200 1 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



330 

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In studying the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering both 
qualitative and quantitative research. Students 
complete an original field work project in a 
public setting. Additionally, students will 
learn to compile and analyze quantitative data 
through a micro computer statistical software 
package. Different methodological skills 
considered include: field work, questionnaire 
construction, unobtrusive 
research, and program evaluation. The course 
must be taken in the junior year. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 and MATH 123. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN 

This course investigates the development 
of feminist social thinking throughout 
American history, gender role socialization, 
and women's roles in social institutions. The 
focus of the course is contemporary American 
society with an examination of the way in 
which gender is created and recreated through 
human activity, including institutionalized 



gendered practices. An examination of the 
roles of women in several social institutions 
may include family, work, politics, law, and 
health. Prerequisite: SOC 110. Alternate 
years. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American J 
cultural values. An analysis will include ■ 

historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- | 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by prim- 
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
movements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
through religions. Both a social scientific and 
existential perspective will be employed. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 
to European contacts and United States 
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 
developments among American Indians will 
be placed in an anthropological perspective. 

430 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330, students will complete an original 
quantitative research project on a topic of their 
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of 
this course covers the social construction and 
life course of a social problem. Additionally, 
several social problems will be analyzed in 
depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 



services are delivered in contemporary society. 
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic 
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic 
communities, mental hospitals, and other 
human service institutions. The methodology 
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize 
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of 
helping environments and relationships. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. Interns in 
criminaljustice work off campus in criminal 
justice agencies, such as penal institutions and 
probation and parole departments, under the 
supervision of administrative personnel. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



200 1 -02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 




THEATRE (thea) 

Professor: R. Falk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Allen 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Beetem, Jaffe 
Part-time Instructors: Clark 

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre 
Department are to teach appreciation, service, 
foundational and specialized courses; to 
prepare students for advanced study and 
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc- 
tion programs in which students can practice 
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a 
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the 
College community. 

Production groups sponsored by the 
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre, 
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald 
City Players. The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity 
and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used 
for performances by these groups are an 



intimate thrust stage (The Arena) and a small 
black box studio theatre (The Downstage 
Theatre) in the Academic Center. 

The department offers several courses to be 
selected for distribution requirements: THEA 
100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts) 
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature). 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
THEA 1 14, 212, 332, 333, 335, 410. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "D" 
courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: THEA 212, 332, 333. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Major • 

The major consists of the equivalent of 10 
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required 
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148, 
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit 
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units). 

The department offers three major tracks: 
Track I: ACTING (4.5 Units) THEA 140, 
226, 240, 232 (1/2 unit); and one from the 
following: 335 or 402. 

Track II: DIRECTING: (4.0 Units) THEA 
140, 226, 336; and one from the following: 
335 or 402. 

Track ffl: DESIGN/TECH (4.5 Units) THEA 
228, 229, 232 ( 1/2 unit), 320; and one from 
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431. 

Majors are urged to include courses in art, 
music, psychology, and English, or other areas 
of special interest. 

Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in 
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA 
430 in Track III. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 
100. 140,226,240,336. 

• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430. 

• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and the 
integral functioning of acting, directing and all 
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 148 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

1 A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the 



present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of civil- 
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 1 37 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138. 

140 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's pre- 
paration with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvisa- 
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Arena 
Theatre productions, students will acquire 
experience with design, scenery, properties, 
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100 
prohibited. 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and 
performance of the Theatre Department's 
major presentations in the Arena Theatre. 
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 

• 



fractional basis. Students may register for 
one-half semester hour course credit per 
production for active participation in the 
designated area of technology and performance, 
hmited to one semester hour credit per 
semester and eight semester hours credit over 
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy 
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. Students 
may not register for Theatre Practicum while 
taking THEA 148 without pennission of the 
instructor. When scheduling, students should 
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to 
the normal four academic courses. Because 
students may not be cast or assigned duties in 
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late 
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Rehearsal 
and Performance) will be permitted without 
penalty. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA ON 
SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the docum- 
entary to examine topics having to do with 
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental techniques 
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha- 
sizes an individual program of personal vocal 
development. Dialects and phonetic study of 
the major European accents and English 
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant 
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of 
credit. 

226 

DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the function of the 
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor- 
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the 



student's ability to analyze scripts, 
and on the development of the student's 
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter- 
nate years. 

228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena 
Theatre productions will be part of the class- 
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design wit! 
emphasis on their practical application to the 
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, design 
and production problems and techniques 
through laboratory and plays in production. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, church 
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA 
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years. 



^ 



233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 

• 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. 

240 

ACTING II 

Continued practice in character analysis. 
The study of acting styles is introduced with a 
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's 
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for Arena Theatre productions. 
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

A historical survey of Western and Non- 
Western styles of theatre from the beginning 
to the present. Included is a study of the 
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor- 
mance space as well as technical develop- 
ments. Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE 

A study of the major dramatic literature 
that shapes the Western and non- Western 
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified 
with specific periods and styles will be 
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332. 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



335 

MODERN DRAMA 

A study of the major dramatic literature in 
depth that constitutes the body of the modem 
theatre, from 1 875 to the present. Included 
will be a survey of alternative theatre styles, 
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic, 
minority and contemporary problem plays will 
be surveyed as well. 

336 

DIRECTING II 

Emphasis is placed on the student's ability 
to function as a director in the rehearsal 
process. Practical experience involves the 
directing of two one-act plays from the 
contemporary theatre in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as 
well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of 
the theatre in its cultural context. Included 
will be a study of the art, music, literature, 
political and social framework of the period 
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



-•I 



425 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. 
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Emphasis will be placed on the student's 
ability to produce a major three-act play from 
the script to the stage for public performance. 
Prerequisite: THEA 336. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 
Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

430 

PROPERTY DESIGN 

The theory of properties design for the 
stage, including the production of specific 
properties for staging use. Elements of design, 
fabrication, and the construction of properties 
employing a variety of materials and applica- 
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi- 
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years. 

431 

ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of properties design 
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 



440 

ACTING III 

Preparation of monologues and two 
character scenes, contemporary and classical, 
and preparation of a professional acting 
audition. The student will appear in major 
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240. 

441 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA 
240 and consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit. 

444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be 
repeated for credit. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 I 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 




WOMEN'S STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Professor: Jensen (co-Director) 
Assistant Professor: Ross (co-Director) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 36), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. WMST 200 and four of the 
following courses are required for the minor. 
ART 339 Women in Art 
ENGL 334 Women and Literature 
HIST 3 1 Women in History 
PSCI 347 Women and Politics 
PS Y 34 1 Psychology of Women 
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women 
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies 

With the approval of the coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. To 
receive credit for a minor in women's studies, 
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 



2(X)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a cultural diversity course: 
WMST 200. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

200 

ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of women's issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will 
explore the social construction of gender, 
feminist research methods and theories, and 
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. 
Topics may involve language, art, science, 
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic 
differences, sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's Studies designed to allow students 
to pursue particular subjects in more depth and 
detail than in the general introductory course. 
With the permission of the Coordinator of the 
Women's Studies Program students may 
repeat this course depending on the content. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The Board Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

First Vice President 

for Investments 

Merrill Lynch. Pierce. Fenner 

& Smith 

Williamsport. PA 

Donald E. Failor '68 

Vice Chairman 

Owner/Chartered Underwriter 
D.E. Failor Associates 
Harrisburg, PA 

John C. Schultz 

Secretary 
President 
Jersey Shore Steel 
Jersey Shore, PA 

Ann S. Pepperman 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey. Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport, PA 

David R. Bahl 

Partner 

McCormick Law Finn 

Williamsport. PA 

Melvin H. 
Campbell, Jr. '70 

Owner/President 

Campbell. Harrington & Brear 

York, PA 

Harold D. Chapman 

Chairman 
Cobblers, Inc. 
Williamsport, PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Owner/President 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 

James E. Douthat 

President 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

Treasurer/Retired 
Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Arthur A. Haberberger 

Investor and Consultant 
Reading, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker. Inc. 

State College. PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

President 

Freightliner Corporation 

Portland. OR 

Harold D. 
Hershberger, Jr. '51 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates 

Williamsport. PA 

Neil L. Irons 

Bishop 

Central Pennsylvania 

Conference 

United Methodist Church 

Mechanicsburg. PA 

Marjorie Ferrell Jones '50 

Editor 

Jones Chemicals, Inc. 

LeRoy, NY 

Kenrick R. Khan '57 

Clergy/Teacher, Retired 

Mayor 

Penney Farms, FL 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

Owner 

George Krapf, Jr. & 

Sons, Inc. 

Exton. PA 

Angela R. Kyte '73 

Managing Director 
Marsh. Inc. 
Morristown. PA 

David B. Lee '61 

CEO/Chairman 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College, PA 



Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Association 
Harrisburg. PA 

Rosanna H. Lowry *72 

Retired school teacher 
Montoursville. PA 

Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport, PA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Omega Financial 
President and COO 
State College. PA 
Holiday Trust 
President and CEO 
HoUidaysburg. PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Physician/Surgeon 

Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat 

Hospital 

New York. NY 

V. Jud Rogers 

Director of Marketing & 
Public Relations 
Little League Baseball 
International Headquarters 
Williamsport. PA 

Henry D. Sahakian 

CEO, Unico Corporation 
State College. PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music. Inc. 

Williamsport, PA 

Clinton W. Smith '55 

President Judge. Court of 
Common Pleas 
29th Judicial District 
Williamsport, PA 

Charles D. Springman '59 

Retired Vice President 
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn. 
Williamsport. PA 

John S. Trogner, Jr. '68 

Partner/ First Commercial 
Real Estate 
Harrisburg, PA 



^^ 



Burke R. Veley '60 

IBM CFO, Retired 
West Chester, PA 

Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Retired/Homemaker 
Williamsport, PA 

Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71 

Managing Director. Treasurer,' 
Secretary /Retired 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 
Lutherville, MD 

EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE 
Montoursville, PA 

Richard W. DeWald '61 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply 
Chairman 
Montoursville. PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner. Retired 

S. H. Evert Company 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Realtor 

Fish GMAC Real Estate 

Williamsport, PA 

W. Gibbs McKenney '37 

Partner, Retired 
McKenney, Thomsen 
& Burke 
Lutherville, MD 

William Pickelner 

Owner 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Company 

Williamsport. PA 

Marguerite Rich VI 

Homemaker 
Woolrich. PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Jenkintown. PA 

Wallace F. Stettler 

President, Wyoming 
Seminary, Retired 
Dallas, PA 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Maiy 

M.Div., Duke University 

Ed.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S., Lxifayette College 

Thomas Ruhl (2000) 

Vice President for Development & 
College Relations 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 

Sue Saunders (2000) 
Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Jeffrey G. Baird (1992) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A.. Mansfield University 

R. Joseph Barraclough (2000) 

Director of Buildings & Grounds 
B.A.. Bucknell University 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Mark Britten (1994) 

Director of Counseling Services 

B.A., Man.sjield University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert C. Dietrich (2000) 

Sports Information Director 
B.S., Westminster College 

Charles W. Edmonds (1998) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jerry S. Faico (1990) 

Director of Career Development Center 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Lauri Fink (2000) 

Director of Gift Planning 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University 
Pennsylvania Bankers Association School 
of Trust 

Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B.. M.A., M.S., Maiywood College 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Susan C. Hartranft (2001) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

DanielJ. Hartsock (1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Communications Technology 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Bloomsburg University 

David Heiney (1997) 

Director of Administrative Services 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

Ed.D., Nova University 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Administrative 

Computing and Data Networks 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 

Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park College 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Nancy HoUick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Susan Jewel (1999) 

Assistant Director Student Programs/ 

Leadership Development 
B.A., Allegheny College 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Assistant Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Wendy Mahonski (1995) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Bart Makatche (1999) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. Sue B. McCormick (1997) 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Wanda McDonough (1994) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Anne L. McMunn (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Margaret M. Murray (1998) 

Asst. Prof., Instr. Serv. Librarian 
B.A.[ Honors], Trent University 
M.A., Trinity College 
M.S., Simmons College 

Amy Paciej (1999) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lock Haven University 
M.S., University of Rochester 

Michelle M. Parks 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



H. Karen Ransdorf (1990) 

Campus Store Manager 

Cheryl Riley (1998) 

Prospect Research Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Leann M. Ritter (1995) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Denise Robinson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M.S., Miami University of Ohio 

Leslie J. Schier (2001) 

Assistant Registrar 

Jeremy C. Spencer 

Associate Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S.. Miami University 

Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A.A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Kelly Sprow (1999) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA 

Cynthia Swartz (1999) 

Counselor & Wellness Coordinator 
B.F.A., Miami University of Ohio 
M.A., Cleveland State University 

Denise Walter (1999) 

Assistant Director of the Lycoming Fund 
B.S., Juniata College 

Kimberly A. Waterman (2000) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Deborah E. Weaver (1978) 
Manager Residence Halls Operations 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Development Officer 

B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Joshua Witmer (1999) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Maramonne Wright (2000) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Niagara University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wojford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesley an University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., Boston University 
S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



FACULTY 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2001 

** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 2002 

=*=** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2001-02 

**** On Sabbatical Calendar Year 2001 

Professors 

Robert B. Angstadt (1967) 

Biology 

B.S., Vr sinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) *** 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 

M.M., Ohio University 

D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Jon R. Bogle (1976) 

Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

JackD. Diehl,Jr. (1971) 

Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 

Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal of the College 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 



Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.TB., Ph.D., Boston University 

Emily R. Jensen (1969) 

English 

B.A., Jcmiestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) 

German 

A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

John P. Graham Teaching Chair 
B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Kathleen D. Pagana (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. , University of Maryland 

M.S.N. , Ph.D., University of Pennsylvcmia 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B.. Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970) 

English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

A.B., University of California at Berkeley 

M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 

Ph.D., The American University 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

RogerD. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cran b rook A cadeniy of A rt 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D.. The University of Texas at Austin 

Stanley!. Wilk( 1973)* 

Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 



Associate Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Jerry D. Allen (1984)** 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 

B.A., University of Delaware 

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) 

Spanish 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 
Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

B. Lynn Estomin (1993) ** 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

David Fisher (1984) 

Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University' of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University' 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A. Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Habii, Universitat Mannheim 

Edward Henninger (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.S., Shippensburg University 

M.B.A., Shippensburg University 

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University' 

Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982) 
Director of Library Services 
B.A., The Citadel 
M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Instructional Services Librarian 

Associate Dean 

B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

D. Litt, Wilson College (Honors Causa) 



Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Doris P. Parrish (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Pittsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph. D. , University of Texas at Austin 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

Director of Institute for Management Studies 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

Richard Weida (1987) * 

Mathematics 

B.S., Muhlenberg College 

M.S., Ph.D, University^ of Delaware 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 

Robert A. Zaccaria (1973) 

Biology 

B.A., Bridgewater College 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Assistant Professors 

Holly D. Bendorf (1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Sociology/Anthropology (Criminal Justice) 
B.A., M.C.J. , University of South Carolina 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John H. Conrad (1959) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State College 

M.A., New York University 

Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematics 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Bahram Golshan (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Edinboro State University of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S., Kent State University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 



Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Garett Heysel (1999) 

French 

B.A., Middlebury College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A.A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) 

Religion 

B.A., California State University 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary 

Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Sue A. Kelley (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Sandra Kingery (1998) 

Spanish 

B.S., Lawrence University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ. 

M.A., Pepperdine Univ. 

D.Ed., West Virginia Univ. 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Eileen M. Peluso (1998) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Susan M. Ross (1998) 

Sociology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S., Cornell University 
M.S., The American University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
C.P.A., Washington, DC 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University^ 

Mark Toncar (1994) 

Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University 

Brenda Watts (1999) 

Spanish 

B.A., M.A., University of Montana 

Ph.D., University of Oregon 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. {Pennsylvania and New York) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

David S. Witwer (1994) 

Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., DePauw University 
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

David B. Yerger (1996) 

Economics 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.S., Cornell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Instructors 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robin Knauth (1999) 

Religion 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.T.S., Regent College 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematics 

B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College, 
CUNY 

Mark Anderman 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Susan Beery (1999) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Jaye Beetem (1997) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
B.F.A., University of Utah 
M.A., Louisiana University 
M.F.A., Wayne State University 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Henry Berkheimer (1988) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Dickinson College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Betsy Boring (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S., Bloomsburg State University 

David Bower (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

French & Spanish 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematics 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Harry Davis (1994) 

Nursing 

B.A., Millersville State University 

M.A., Liberty University 

Pamela Dill (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N., University of the State of New York 

at Albany 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 

Danielle Goodyear (2000) 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art 
B.F.A., Alfred University 
M.F.A., Savanah University 

Sheila Hartung (1994) 

Visiting Instructor of Nursing 
B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Evelyn R. Hayden (2000) 

Education 

B.S., Southern Illinois University 

M.El.Ed., Northern Arizona University 

Dorothy Hoy (1993) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Messiah College 

Sherril D. Ingram (1991) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth University 
D.N.Sc, Widener University 

David Jaffe (1998) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
B.A., Kenyon College 
M.F.A., Ohio University 

Timothy Mahoney (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lock Haven State University 

M.S., Eastern Kentucky University 

Alison Maloney (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. , Bloomsburg University 

M.S.N., College Misericordi 

John Mitchell (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Florida State University 

Psy.D., Indiana State University 

Thomas Raup (1995) 

Visiting Professor of Legal Studies 
A.B., Columbia College 
J.D., Columbia School of Law 

Kim Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Ruth StoU (1998) 

Center for Nursing Excellence 
B.S.N.E.d., Indiana University 
M.S.N., Wayne State University 
DNSc, Catholic University of America 

Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Lycoming College 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Lou Ann Tom (1993) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Lycoming College 

M.S., Biicknell University 

Christopher J. Woodruff 

Visiting Instructor of Music 
B.M.E., Louisiana State University 
M.Mus., Northwestern University 

John J. Zaionis (1995) 

Education 

B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College 

Applied Music Instructors 

Rebecca Stake Anstey (1996) 

Horn and Brass Methods 
B.Miis., Lawrence University 
M.Mus., Eastman School of Music 

Diana L. Bailey (1986) 

Saxaphone 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

PhiUp Doucette (2000) 

Voice 

B.A., The College of New Jersey 

M. Music, The Pennsylvania State University 

Diane C. Janda (1988) 

Woodwinds 

B.M., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati, 
College-Conservatory of Music 



Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Betty Landon (1998) 

Violin and String Methods 
B. Music, Oberlin College 
M. Music, Boston University 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

Lori M. Lewis (1996) 

Voice 

B.Mus., West Chester University 

OUvia E. Leskowicz (2000) 

Voice 

B.Mus., The Hartt School, University of 

Hartford 

Yvonne Lundquist (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Dale Orris (1995) 

Band Master 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Cello and String Methods 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 

B.A., Pepperdine University 

Kent Weaver (1998) 

Vocal Methods 

B.Mus., Westminster Choir College 

M.Mus., Ohio State University 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical 

Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program 

Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park 
ElkinsPark, PA 19117 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Sayre,PA 18840 

Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 
Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 
LL.B., Fordham University 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport, PA 17701 

Richard Rupkalvis, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Clinical Labora- 
tory Science Program 
Elkins Park Hospital 
ElkinsPark, PA 19027 
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 
Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Speziaietti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratoyy Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Saxre, PA 18840 



2(X)l-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Emeriti 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University- of Pittsburgh 

Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M. A., SU NY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 
B.D., Southern Methodist University 
S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University- of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

B.N.S., Tufts University 

M.S., Middlebury College 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 

B.S., Ur sinus College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lan^ 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Walter G. Mclver 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College 
A.B., Bucknell University 
M.A., New York University 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF 



Roger W.Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University' 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Conservatory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvcmia State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Athletic Staff 



Chad Bailey 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Kyle Bidelspacher 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 

George Camp 

Head Track Coach 

Terry Conrad 

Men's Basketball Head Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 
M.B.A., Shenandoah University 

Coley Crouse 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Mike Flamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Bradly Gilmore 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Frank L. Girardi, Jr. 

Assistant Football Coach 
A.B., Lyconiiiii^ College 

Thomas R. Griffith 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Gerald Hammaker 

Head Coach Men's & Women's Swimming 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Scott Kennell 

Head Men's Soccer and Track Coach 
B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College 

Kathy Loy 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Joe Mark 

Men's Tennis Coach 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University 

Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 



Gene J. Peluso 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 

B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester 

Michelle Quaglino 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 
B.S., Ithaca College 

Katherine A. Roberts 

Head Women's Soccer Coach 
Head Women's Lacrosse Coach 
O'Berlin College 

Shawn Rosa 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Victoria Smithkors 

Cheerleading Advisor 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Kristian Stedje-Larsen 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

Andrew Wagner 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 

Wendy Warfield 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

B.S.N., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jamie Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Administrative Assistants 



Clifford Allen 

Security Officer 

Lorri Amron 

Faculty Secretary 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Supervisor 

Nathalie R. Beck 

Assistant to the President 

Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Marsha Boler 

Faculty Secretary, Athletics 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Julia L. Brink 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 

James Columbia 

Security Officer 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project Supervisor 

Jonathan DeSantis 

Staff Technician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Faculty Secretary, Music & Art 




Terri R. DriscoU 

Campus Store Assistant 

Nancy Engel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Orlan J. Fisher 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Nicole S. Franquet 

Network Administrator 

Susan M. Hanford 

Library Technician Circulation/Instr. Services 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

Connie Hiller 

Campus Store Assistant 

MaryAnn Hollenbach 

Faculty Secretary 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

Tammy Houser 

Student Information Specialist 

Sandra L. Jansson 

Secretary, College Relations 

David M. Kelchner 

Programmer Analyst 

Margaret I. Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Brian Knepley 

Information Systems Specialist 

Shelly A. LaForme 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Sandra L. Lander 

Systems Analyst 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Campus Store Assistant 

Peggie A. LeFever 
Personnel Coordinator 

Tina J. Lorson 

Faculty Secretary 

John J. Maness 

Security Supervisor 

Dorothy E. Maples 

Box Office Manager 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Zee L. Merkel 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Tracy B. Miles 

Secretary, Campus Ministry 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Leroy Mosteller 

Security Officer 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Delivery 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician, Acquisitions 

Richard Overdorf 

Security Officer 

Ben Pelipesky 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Cataloging/Govt. Pub. 

Margaret Rockroth 

Technical Support Analyst 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Jennifer J. Sarno 

Security Officer 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Art Gallery Coordinator 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation 

Pamela Steele 

Information Data Specialist, Secretary 

Donald Sutherland 

Security Officer 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Ruthe Toncar 

Library Proctor 

Luann Topel 

Faculty Secretary 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health & Counseling Services 

Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/ 
Leadership Development 

Sandra Wenzel 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 

Geraldine H. Wescott 

Library Technician, Periodicals 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Michelle M. Yaw 

Database Administrator 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Supervisor 

Salvatore Zangara 

Mailroom Assistant 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




The Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of over 13,000 men 
and women. It is governed by an Executive 
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The 
Board includes members representing various 
class years and geographic areas, the senior 
class president, the current student body pres- 
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating 
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming 
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent 
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni 
Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an 
active and mutually beneficial relationship 
between the College and its alumni, utilizing 
their talents, resources, and counsel to further 
the objectives and programs of Lycoming 
College." 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible 
for keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed to 
all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this Office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the Alumni 
Association should be addressed to the 
Alumni and Parent Programs Office. 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



Alumni Association executive board 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005 

D. Keigh Earisman '58 
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78 
James G. Scott '70 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004 

Robert L. Bender '59 
Kathleen Tigle Gay '75 
Meredith Rambo Murray'92 
Jay Thomson '86 
Kristi R. Yerger '95 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2003 

Andrew Bucke '71 
Kathleen Tighe Gaye '75 
Jeffrey D. Harris '85 
John J. Joe '59 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2002 

David Bonsick '89 
Brenda J. Bowser '98 
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86 
Barry C. Hamilton '70 
Patricia M. Krauser '68 

2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Susan Shangraw Myers '90 
Otto L. Sonder '46 
David A. Walsh '76 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2001 

Daniel W. Bythewood '68 
Robert P. Crockett '61 
William R. Lawry '64 
Linda Porr Sweeney '78 
Ronalee B. Trogner '69 

Members of the Board Serving a 
One-Year Term 

Student Senate of Lycoming College 
(SSLC) President 
Shauna C. McQuillen 

SSLC Past President 

Molly Curtiss 

2000 Senior Class President 

Jill E. Schroeder 



2001 Senior Class President 

Adrienne Reichenbach 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 

• 



INDEX 



Academic Advising 44 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 29 

Academic Honors 29 

Academic Program 30 

Accounting Curriculum 51 

Accounting-Mathematics 54 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 24 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 24 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 45 

Alumni Association 180 

American Studies 55 

Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 129 

Archaeology and Near East Culture (EIM) 56 

Art Curriculum 57 

Astronomy and Physics 63 

Astronomy Curriculum 63 

Athletic Training 140 

Audit 26 

Biology Curriculum 69 

Board of Trustees 164 

B.S.N. Degree 32 

Business Administration Curriculum 76 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 49 

Career Development Services 20 

Chemistry Curriculum 82 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 45 

Class Attendance 26 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 24 

Communication Curriculum 86 

Community Service Curriculum 142 

Computer Science Curriculum 119 

Conduct, Standards of 22 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 38 

Engineering 39 

Environmental Studies 39 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Forestry 39 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science 41 

Optometry 40 

Podiatry 41 

Counseling, Personal 20 

Course Credit by Examination 24 

Creative Writing 100 

Criminal Justice 90 

Cultural Diversity 34 

Degree Programs/Requirements 32 

Dental School, Preparation 38 

Departmental Honors 44 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 13 

Distribution Requirements 33 

English 33 

Fine Arts 33 

Foreign Language 33 

Humanities 33 

Mathematics 33 

Natural Sciences 34 

Social Sciences 34 

Economics Curriculum 93 

Education Curriculum 96 

Educational Opportunity Grants 17 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 39 

English Curriculum 100 

English Requirement 33 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24 

Environmental Science Minor 70 

Environmental Studies 39 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 36 

Faculty 168 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Fine Arts Requirements 33 

Foreign Language Requirement 33 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 105 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 39 

French Curriculum 106 

German Curriculum 108 

Grading System 26 

Graduation Requirements 31 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



Greek Curriculum 152 

Health Professions, Preparation 45 

Health Services 20 

Hebrew Curriculum 152 

History Curriculum 1 1 1 

Honors Program 41 

Honor Societies 30 

Humanities Requirement 33 

Independent Study 47 

Institute for Management Studies 1 15 

Interdisciplinary Majors 36 

Established Majors (EIM) 36 

Individual Majors (IIM) 36 

International Studies 116 

Internship Programs 48 

Legal Professions, Preparation 45 

Literature (EIM) 118 

Loans 18 

Lycoming Scholar Program 41 

Major 35 

Admission to 35 

Departmental 36 

Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 36 

Management Scholars Program 115 

Mathematical Sciences 119 

Mathematic Requirements 33 

Mathematics Curriculum 121 

May Term 47 

Medical School, Preparation 45 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science Curriculum 125 

Minor 36 

Music Curriculum 126 

Natural Science Requirement 34 

Non-degree Students 25 

Nursing 131 

Optometry 40 

Optometry School, Preparation 45 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 45 

Payment of Fees 13 

Philadelphia Semester 48 

Philosophy Curriculum 137 

Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 141 

Physical Activity Curriculum 141 



Physics Curriculum 66 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine. 

Cooperative Program 41 

Political Science Curriculum 142 

Pre-Medicine 38 

Psychology Curriculum 145 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 25 

Religion Curriculum 148 

Repeated Courses 28 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 41 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships (ROTC) 19 

Scholar Seminar 153 

Social Science Requirement 34 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Spanish Curriculum 109 

Staff 165, 178 

State Grants and Loans 18 

Student Records 24 

Study Abroad 49 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18 

Theatre Curriculum 158 

Theological Professions, Advising 45 

Transfer Credit 24 

Unit Course System 23 

United Nations Semester 49 

Veterinary School, Preparation 45 

Washington Semester 49 

Wellness Curriculum 141 

Westminster Oxford Semester 49 

Withdrawal from College 26 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's Studies 163 

Work-Study Grants 19 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program ... 34 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 -5 1 92 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http ://w ww.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national 
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra- 
tion of any of its policies and programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2001-02 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



1 






II 



f 



nil 
nil 
nil 

III! 

ni' 
III- 
III- 
III' 



'^;, 


■m 




, 




III! 


~-_ 


nil 


— 


nil 


— -. 


nil 


: 


!in - 


• 


ni 




III ^ 




III 




^ jL 



[ I 



tsi;,*^-'-^' 



• >:; O 



z 



f^ o 



■■» I ■ ■ ■— - 








If 

^5 


^ 
> 


2 

on . 

■ 7 
"^ o 




2 T3 


HN 






00 " 

> 


o 


^ O 

"q3